Mercurial > mplayer.hg
comparison DOCS/man/sv/mplayer.1 @ 13753:6fcecc48c22a
translation (yet incomplete) by Carl Furstenberg <azatoth at gmail dot com>
author | diego |
---|---|
date | Sun, 24 Oct 2004 23:35:05 +0000 |
parents | |
children | 808dd35b6cc6 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
13752:e193600132d5 | 13753:6fcecc48c22a |
---|---|
1 .\" synced with 1.793 (TODO) | |
2 .\" MPlayer (C) 2000-2004 MPlayer Team | |
3 .\" This man page was/is done by Gabucino, Diego Biurrun, Jonas Jermann | |
4 .\" Translator: Carl Fürstenberg < azatoth at gmail dot com > | |
5 . | |
6 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7 .\" Macro definitions | |
8 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9 . | |
10 .\" default indentation is 7, don't change! | |
11 .nr IN 7 | |
12 .\" define indentation for suboptions | |
13 .nr SS 5 | |
14 .\" add new suboption | |
15 .de IPs | |
16 .IP "\\$1" \n(SS | |
17 .. | |
18 .\" begin of first level suboptions, end with .RE | |
19 .de RSs | |
20 .RS \n(IN+3 | |
21 .. | |
22 .\" begin of 2nd level suboptions | |
23 .de RSss | |
24 .PD 0 | |
25 .RS \n(SS+3 | |
26 .. | |
27 .\" end of 2nd level suboptions | |
28 .de REss | |
29 .RE | |
30 .PD 1 | |
31 .. | |
32 . | |
33 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
34 .\" Title | |
35 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
36 . | |
37 .TH MPlayer 1 "2004-10-20" "The MPlayer Project" "The Movie Player" | |
38 . | |
39 .SH NAME | |
40 mplayer \- filmspelare | |
41 .br | |
42 mencoder \- filmkodare | |
43 . | |
44 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
45 .\" Synopsis | |
46 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
47 . | |
48 .SH SYNOPSIS | |
49 .na | |
50 .nh | |
51 .B mplayer | |
52 .RI [argument]\ [ \ fil\ | \ URL\ | \ spellista\ | \ \-\ ] | |
53 . | |
54 .br | |
55 .in | |
56 .B mplayer | |
57 'in +\n[.k]u | |
58 [globala argument] | |
59 .I fil1 | |
60 [specifika argument] [fil2] [specifika argument] | |
61 . | |
62 .br | |
63 .in | |
64 .B mplayer | |
65 'in +\n[.k]u | |
66 [globala argument] | |
67 .RI { "grupp av filer och argument" } | |
68 [gruppspecifika argument] | |
69 . | |
70 .br | |
71 .in | |
72 .B mplayer | |
73 'in +\n[.k]u | |
74 .I dvd://[title|[start_title]\-slut_title ] | |
75 [argument] | |
76 .\" if patch accepted | |
77 . | |
78 .br | |
79 .in | |
80 .B mplayer | |
81 'in +\n[.k]u | |
82 .I dvd://[title][:kapitel[-slutkapitel][:vinkel][@dvd-enhet] | |
83 [argument] | |
84 .\" end if | |
85 . | |
86 .br | |
87 .in | |
88 .B mplayer | |
89 'in +\n[.k]u | |
90 .I vcd://spår[/enhet] | |
91 . | |
92 .br | |
93 .in | |
94 .B mplayer | |
95 'in +\n[.k]u | |
96 .I tv://[kanal] | |
97 [argument] | |
98 . | |
99 .br | |
100 .in | |
101 .B mplayer | |
102 'in +\n[.k]u | |
103 .I dvb://[kortnummer@]kanal | |
104 [argument] | |
105 . | |
106 .br | |
107 .in | |
108 .B mplayer | |
109 'in +\n[.k]u | |
110 .I mf://filmask | |
111 [-mf argument] [argument] | |
112 . | |
113 .br | |
114 .in | |
115 .B mplayer | |
116 'in +\n[.k]u | |
117 .I [cdda|cddb]://spår[:fart][/enhet] | |
118 [argument] | |
119 . | |
120 .br | |
121 .in | |
122 .B mplayer | |
123 'in +\n[.k]u | |
124 .I cue://fil[:spår] | |
125 [options] | |
126 . | |
127 .br | |
128 .in | |
129 .B mplayer | |
130 'in +\n[.k]u | |
131 .I [mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp]:// | |
132 .I [användare:lösenord@]URL[:port] | |
133 [argument] | |
134 . | |
135 .br | |
136 .in | |
137 .B mplayer | |
138 'in +\n[.k]u | |
139 .I sdp://fil | |
140 [argument] | |
141 . | |
142 .br | |
143 .in | |
144 .B mplayer | |
145 'in +\n[.k]u | |
146 .I mpst://host[:port]/URL | |
147 [argument] | |
148 . | |
149 .br | |
150 .in | |
151 .B gmplayer | |
152 [argument] | |
153 [\-skin\ skin] | |
154 . | |
155 .br | |
156 .B mencoder | |
157 [argument] | |
158 .RI [ \ fil\ | \ URL\ | \ \-\ ] | |
159 [\-o\ fil] | |
160 .ad | |
161 .hy | |
162 . | |
163 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
164 .\" Description | |
165 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
166 . | |
167 .SH BESKRIVNING | |
168 .B mplayer | |
169 är en filmspelare, ursprungligen för Linux, men kan köras på de flesta platformar (se dokumentationen). Den spelare mestadels MPEG/\:VOB, AVI, ASF/\:WMA/\:WMV, RM, QT/\:MOV/\:MP4, OGG/\:OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo, yuv4mpeg, FILM samt RoQ filer, är stödd av många nativa och binära codec. Du kan kolla VideoCD, SVCD, DVD, 3ivx, DivX\ 3/\:4/\:5 samt även WMV filmer. | |
170 .PP | |
171 MPlayer stödjer en uppsjö av video- och audio-ut-drivrutiner. Den funkar med X11, Xv, DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib, libcaca, DirectFB, Quartz, men du kan även använda GGI, SDL (pch alla deras drivrutiner), VESA (på verenda VESA-kompatibla kort, även utan X11), vissa låglevelade kortspecifika kortsdrivrutiner (för Matrox, 3Dfx samt ATI) och vissa hårdvaru-MPEG-avkodarkort, såsom Siemens DVB, DXR2 samt DXR3/\:Hollywood+. De flesta stödjer mjukvaro och hårdvaruskalning, så du kan kolla på filmer i fullskärmsmode | |
172 .PP | |
173 MPlayer har "onscreen display" (OSD) för statusinformation, snygga stora antialiserade skuggade textningstexter samt visuellt återgivning av tagentbordskontroller. Europeiska/\:ISO 8859-1,2 , kyrilliska, samt koreanska typsnitt är stött jämnsides med 12 textningsformat (MicroDVD, SubRip, OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS samt vår egna: MPsub) och DVD-textning (SPU-ström, VOBsub och Closed Captions). | |
174 .PP | |
175 .B mencoder | |
176 (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) är en enkel filmkodare, framtagen till att koda MPlayer-spelbara filmer (se ovan) till andra MPlayer-spelbara format (se nedan). Den kodar till DivX4, XviD, någon av libavcodecs codec, samt PCM/\:MP3/\:VBRMP3-audio i 1, 2 eller 3 pass. Även så har den strömkopieringsförmåga, ett kraftfullt filtersystem (crop, expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, rgb/\:yuv conversion) och mera. | |
177 .PP | |
178 .B gmplayer | |
179 är MPlayer med ett grafiskt användargränssnitt (GUI). Det har samma alternativ som MPlayer. | |
180 .PP | |
181 Användningsexempel för snabbstart är lokaliserade i slutet på denna manual. | |
182 .PP | |
183 .B Även hänvisa till HTML-dokumentationen! | |
184 . | |
185 . | |
186 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
187 .\" Keyboard control | |
188 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
189 . | |
190 .SH "TAGENTBORDSKONTROLL" | |
191 MPlayer har en fullt ut konfigurerbar, kommandoradsorienterat kontrollager vilken tillåter dig att kontrollera MPlayer med hjälp av tagentbord, mus, joystick samt fjärrkontroll (med LIRC). Hänvisa till '-input'-argumentet för flera sätt att konfigurera det. | |
192 . | |
193 .TP | |
194 .B generella kontroller | |
195 .PD 0 | |
196 .RSs | |
197 .IPs "<\- samt \->" | |
198 Sök bakåt/framåt 10 sekunder. | |
199 .IPs "upp samt ner" | |
200 Sök bakåt/framåt 1 minut. | |
201 .IPs "pgup samt pgdown" | |
202 Sök bakåt/framåt 10 minuter. | |
203 .IPs "[ samt ]" | |
204 Öka/minska uppspelningshastighet med 10%. | |
205 .IPs "{ samt }" | |
206 Halvera/dubbla uppspelningshastighet. | |
207 .IPs "Backspace" | |
208 Återställ uppspelningshastighet. | |
209 .IPs "< samt >" | |
210 backa/hoppa frmaåt i spellista. | |
211 .IPs "HOME samt END" | |
212 nästa/föregående spelträdsinölägg i förälderlistan. \" FIXME next/\:previous playtree entry in the parent list | |
213 .IPs "INS samt DEL" | |
214 nästa/föregående alternativa source (ASX-spellista endast). \" FIXME source | |
215 .IPs "p / MELLANSLAG" | |
216 Pausa filmen(valfri tagent fortsätter uppspelningen). | |
217 .IPs .\ \ \ \ | |
218 Steppa framåt. Pressa en gång kommer att pausa filmen, varje efterföljande knapptryckning kommer hoppa fram en bildruta and sedan gå in i pausläge igen (valfri tagent fortsätter uppspelningen). | |
219 .IPs "q / ESC" | |
220 Stanna uppspelningen och avsluta programmet. | |
221 .IPs "+ samt -" | |
222 Ställ in audioförströjning med ± 0.1 sekund. | |
223 .IPs "/ samt *" | |
224 Öka/sänk volym. | |
225 .IPs "9 and 0" | |
226 Öka/sänk volym. | |
227 .IPs m\ \ \ \ | |
228 Muta ljud. | |
229 .IPs f\ \ \ \ | |
230 Aktivera fullskärmsläge (se även \-fs). | |
231 .IPs T\ \ \ \ | |
232 Aktivera 'stay-on-top' (se även \-ontop). \" FIXME stay-on-top? | |
233 .IPs "w and e" | |
234 Öka/miska 'pan-and-scan'-rymd. \" FIXME pan-to-scan? | |
235 .IPs o\ \ \ \ | |
236 Aktivera OSD-information: inget / sök / sök + timer / sök + timer + total tid. | |
237 .IPs d\ \ \ \ | |
238 Aktivera framedropping-information: ingen / förbise display / förbise avkodning | |
239 (se \-framedrop samt \-hardframedrop). | |
240 .IPs v\ \ \ \ | |
241 Aktivera textningsvisning. | |
242 .IPs "b / j" | |
243 Cykla igenom de tillgängliga textningar. | |
244 .IP F\ \ \ \ | |
245 Aktivera visning "forced subtitles". \" FIXME what? | |
246 .IPs a\ \ \ \ | |
247 Ställ in textningspositionering: uppe/mitt/nere. | |
248 .IPs "z samt x" | |
249 Ställ in textningsfördröjning med ± 0.1 sekund. | |
250 .IPs "r samt t" | |
251 Flytta textningstext upp/ner. | |
252 .IPs i\ \ \ \ | |
253 Sätt EDL-märke. | |
254 .RE | |
255 .PD 1 | |
256 .PP | |
257 (Följande tagenter är endast tillgängliga vid användande av hårdvaruacceleread video-ut (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga, etc...), eller mjukvaruequalizerfilter (\-vf eq eller \-vf eq2). | |
258 .PP | |
259 .PD 0 | |
260 .RSs | |
261 .IPs "1 samt 2" | |
262 Ställ in kontrast. | |
263 .IPs "3 samt 4" | |
264 Ställ in ljusstyrka. | |
265 .IPs "5 samt 6" | |
266 Ställ in hue. \" FIXME hue | |
267 .IPs "7 samt 8" | |
268 Ställ in saturation. \" FIXME saturation | |
269 .RE | |
270 .PD 1 | |
271 .PP | |
272 (Följande tegenter är endast tillgängliga vid användande av quartzvideo-ut-drivrutin.) | |
273 .PP | |
274 .PD 0 | |
275 .RSs | |
276 .IPs "alternativ + 0" | |
277 Ändra storleken på filmfönstret till hälften av sin standardstorlek. | |
278 .IPs "alternativ + 1" | |
279 Ändra storleken på filmfönstret till dess standardstorlek. | |
280 .IPs "alternativ + 2" | |
281 Ändra storleken på filmfönstret till dubbel standardstorlek. | |
282 .IPs "alternativ + f" | |
283 Aktivera fullskärm (se även \-fs). | |
284 .IPs "alternativ + [ och alternativ + ]" | |
285 Sätt filmfönsteralfa. \" FIXME movie window alpha? | |
286 .IPs T\ \ \ \ | |
287 Aktivera videlager: ontop/below/normal (se även \-ontop). \" FIXME translate ontop etc...? | |
288 .RE | |
289 .PD 1 | |
290 . | |
291 .TP | |
292 .B GUI-tagentbordskontroll | |
293 .PD 0 | |
294 .RSs | |
295 .IPs ENTER | |
296 Starta uppspelning. | |
297 .IPs s\ \ \ \ | |
298 Stoppa uppspelning. | |
299 .IPs l\ \ \ \ | |
300 Ladda fil. | |
301 .IPs c\ \ \ \ | |
302 Skinläsare. | |
303 .IPs p\ \ \ \ | |
304 Aktivera spellista. | |
305 .RE | |
306 .PD 1 | |
307 . | |
308 .TP | |
309 .B TV input control | |
310 .PD 0 | |
311 .RSs | |
312 .IPs "h samt k" | |
313 Välj föregående/nästa kanal. | |
314 .IPs n\ \ \ \ | |
315 Ändra norm. | |
316 .IPs u\ \ \ \ | |
317 Ändra kanallista. | |
318 .RE | |
319 .PD 1 | |
320 . | |
321 . | |
322 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
323 .\" Options | |
324 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
325 . | |
326 .SH "ANVÄNDNING" | |
327 Varje 'flag'-argument har en 'noflag'-motsvarighet, d.v.s.\& motsatsen till \-fs är \-nofs | |
328 .PP | |
329 Om ett argument är markerad som (XXX endast), kommer det endast att fungera i samarbete med XXX eller om XXX är inkompilerat. | |
330 .PP | |
331 Du kan lägga alla argument i en konfigurationsfil vilken kommer att bli inläst varje gång MPlayer körs. Den systemvida konfigurationsfilen 'mplayer.conf' är i din konfigurationskatalog (d.v.s.\& /etc/mplayer eller /usr/local/etc/mplayer), den användarspecifika är lokaliserad i '~.mplayer/config'. Användarspecifika inställningar skriver över systemvida inställningar, och argument angivna på kommandoraden skriver över bägge. Syntaxen i konfigurationsfilen är 'option=<value>', allting efter ett '#' är antaget som en kommentar. Inställningar som fungerar utan värden kan bli aktiverade genom att sätta dem till 'yes', '1' eller 'true', och kan bli avaktiverade genom att sätta dem till 'no', '0' eller 'false'. Även underargument kan bli specifierade på detta vis. | |
332 .PP | |
333 .I EXEMPEL: | |
334 .nf | |
335 # Använd Matrox-drivrutin per standard. | |
336 vo=xmga | |
337 # Jag älskar att stå på händerna när jag kollar på video | |
338 flip=yes | |
339 # Decode/\:encode multipla filer från png, | |
340 # starta med mf://filemask | |
341 mf=type=png:fps=25 | |
342 # Eerie-negativa bilder är coola. \" Eerie? | |
343 vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8 | |
344 .fi | |
345 .PP | |
346 Du kan även skriva filspecifika konfigurationsfiler. Om du önskar att ha en konfigurationsfil för en fil kallad 'movie.avi', skapa då en fil kallad 'movie.avi.conf' med de filspecifika inställningar i sig och placera den i ~/.mplayer eller i samma katalog som filen. | |
347 . | |
348 . | |
349 . | |
350 .SH "GENERELLA INSTÄLLNINGAR" | |
351 . | |
352 .TP | |
353 .B \-codecs-file <filnamn> (se även \-afm, \-ac, \-vfm, \-vc) | |
354 Använd specifierad fil istället för systemvid ller inbyggd codecs.conf. | |
355 . | |
356 .TP | |
357 .B \-include <konfigurationsfil> | |
358 Specifiera konfigurationsfil till att bli tolkad efter de vanliga. | |
359 . | |
360 .TP | |
361 .B \-quiet\ \ | |
362 Gör konsolutskrift mindre uttömmande; till exempel så ser den till att statuslinje (d.v.s.\& A: 0.7 V: 0.6 A-V: 0.068 ...) från att visas. | |
363 Speciellt användbart på slöa terminaler och trasiga sådana som inte hanterar fullt ut vagnretur (d.v.s.\& \\r). | |
364 . | |
365 .TP | |
366 .B \-v, \-verbose | |
367 Ökar ordrikedomsnivån (flera \-v betyder mer ordrikedom). | |
368 .PD 0 | |
369 .RSs | |
370 .IPs 0 | |
371 endast något informerande utskrift (standard) | |
372 .IPs 1 | |
373 viss fundamental debuginformation, avihuvuden, funktionsvärden (init debug) | |
374 .IPs 2 | |
375 skriver ut avi-indexes, 'chunk input', med debuginformation (player debug) | |
376 .IPs 3 | |
377 skriver ut allting relaterat till inputtolkar (parser debug) | |
378 .RE | |
379 .PD 1 | |
380 . | |
381 . | |
382 . | |
383 .SH "SPELARINSTÄLLNINGAR (ENDAST MPLAYER)" | |
384 . | |
385 .TP | |
386 .B \-autoq <kvalité> (används med \-vf [s]pp) | |
387 Dynamiskt ändra nivån av afterproccessering beroende på tillgängliga CPU-cyklar. Värdet du specifierar kommer att bli den maximalt använda nivån, vanligtvis så kan du specifiera stora värden. Du måste använda \-vf [s]pp utan paramertar för att få detta att funka. | |
388 . | |
389 .TP | |
390 .B \-autosync <faktor> | |
391 Gradvist ställa in A/V-synkning baserat på audiofördröjningsmätning. On du anger \-autosync\ 0 (standard), kommer bildramsanpassningen att vara baserad endast av audiofördröjningsmätning. Om du anger \-autosync\ 1 så kommer liknande att inträffa, förutom att A/V-korrektionsalgoritmen kommer att ändras något. Ett udda videoframerate i en film vilken spelar bra med \-nosound kan ofta bli hjälot med att sätta denna till ett värde större än 1. Ju större värde, ju närmare anpassningen kommer att vara \-nosound. Testa \-autosync\ 30 för att plana ut problem med ljuddrivrutiner vilka inte implementerar en perfekt audiofördröjningsmätning. Med detta värde, om stora A/V-synkningsfel inträffar, kommer det endast att ta 1 eller 2\ sekunder att plana ut. Denna fördröjning i reaktionstid till plötslig A/V-fel torde varaa den enda sidoeffekt med att ha denna inställd aktiverad, för atta ljuddrivrutiner. | |
392 . | |
393 .TP | |
394 .B \-benchmark | |
395 Skriver ut viss statistik ang. CPU-användning samt tappade bildrutor vid slutet att uppspelning. Använd i kombination med \-nosound samt \-vo null för benchmarkning av endast videocodec. | |
396 .br | |
397 .I NOTERA: | |
398 Med denna inställning så kommer MPlayer att ignorera bildramsduration vid spelande av endast video (du kan tänka detta som oändlig bps) | |
399 . | |
400 .\" TODO Translate rest... | |
401 .TP | |
402 .B \-colorkey <number> | |
403 Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your choice. | |
404 0x000000 is black and 0xffffff is white. | |
405 Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix and | |
406 xover video out drivers. | |
407 . | |
408 .TP | |
409 .B \-nocolorkey | |
410 Disables colorkeying. | |
411 Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix and | |
412 xover video out drivers. | |
413 . | |
414 .TP | |
415 .B \-edl <filename> (EDL only) | |
416 Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback. | |
417 Video will be skipped over and audio will be muted and unmuted according to | |
418 the entries in the given file. | |
419 See DOCS/\:HTML/\:en/\:edl.html for details on how to use this. | |
420 . | |
421 .TP | |
422 .B \-edlout <filename> (EDL only) | |
423 Creates a new file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records to that file. | |
424 During playback, when the user hits 'i', an entry to skip over the last two | |
425 seconds of playback will be written to the file. | |
426 This provides a starting point from which the user can fine-tune EDL entries | |
427 later. | |
428 See DOCS/\:HTML/\:en/\:edl.html for details. | |
429 . | |
430 .TP | |
431 .B \-enqueue (GUI only) | |
432 Enqueue files given on the command line in the playlist instead of playing them | |
433 immediately. | |
434 . | |
435 .TP | |
436 .B \-fixed-vo (BETA CODE!) | |
437 Enforces a fixed video system for multiple files (one (un)initialisation for | |
438 all files). | |
439 Therefore only one window will be opened for all files. | |
440 Currently the following drivers are fixed-vo compliant: gl2, mga, svga, x11, | |
441 xmga, xv, xvidix and dfbmga. | |
442 . | |
443 .TP | |
444 .B \-framedrop (also see \-hardframedrop) | |
445 Skip displaying some frames to maintain A/\:V sync on slow systems. | |
446 Video filters are not applied to such frames. | |
447 For B-frames even decoding is skipped completely. | |
448 . | |
449 .TP | |
450 .B \-h, \-help, \-\-help | |
451 Show short summary of options. | |
452 . | |
453 .TP | |
454 .B \-hardframedrop | |
455 More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding). | |
456 Leads to image distortion! | |
457 . | |
458 .TP | |
459 .B \-identify | |
460 Show file parameters in an easily parseable format. | |
461 The wrapper script TOOLS/\:midentify suppresses the other MPlayer output and | |
462 (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames. | |
463 . | |
464 .TP | |
465 .B \-input <commands> | |
466 This option can be used to configure certain parts of the input system. | |
467 Paths are relative to ~/\:.mplayer/. | |
468 .br | |
469 .I NOTE: | |
470 Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks. | |
471 .sp 1 | |
472 Available commands are: | |
473 .sp 1 | |
474 .PD 0 | |
475 .RSs | |
476 .IPs conf=<filename> | |
477 Specify input configuration file other than the default | |
478 ~/\:.mplayer/\:input.conf. | |
479 ~/\:.mplayer/\:<filename> is assumed if no full path is given. | |
480 .IPs ar-delay | |
481 Delay in msec before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable). | |
482 .IPs ar-rate | |
483 Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat. | |
484 .IPs keylist | |
485 Prints all keys that can be bound to commands. | |
486 .IPs cmdlist | |
487 Prints all commands that can be bound to keys. | |
488 .IPs js-dev | |
489 Specifies the joystick device to use (default: /dev/\:input/\:js0). | |
490 .IPs file\ | |
491 Read commands from the given file. | |
492 Mostly useful with a FIFO. | |
493 .br | |
494 .I NOTE: | |
495 When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both ends so you can do | |
496 several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe' and the pipe will stay valid. | |
497 .RE | |
498 .PD 1 | |
499 . | |
500 .TP | |
501 .B \-lircconf <filename> (LIRC only) | |
502 Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/\:.lircrc). | |
503 . | |
504 .TP | |
505 .B \-list-options | |
506 Prints out all the available options. | |
507 . | |
508 .TP | |
509 .B \-loop <number> | |
510 Loops movie playback <number> times. | |
511 0 means forever. | |
512 . | |
513 .TP | |
514 .B \-menu (OSD menu only) | |
515 Turn on OSD menu support. | |
516 . | |
517 .TP | |
518 .B \-menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only) | |
519 Use an alternative menu.conf. | |
520 . | |
521 .TP | |
522 .B \-menu-root <value> (OSD menu only) | |
523 Specify the main menu. | |
524 . | |
525 .TP | |
526 .B \-menu-startup (OSD menu only) | |
527 Display the main menu at MPlayer startup. | |
528 . | |
529 .TP | |
530 .B \-noconsolecontrols | |
531 Prevent MPlayer from reading key events from standard input. | |
532 Useful when reading data from standard input. | |
533 This is automatically enabled when \- is found on the command line. | |
534 There are situations where you have to set it manually, e.g.\& | |
535 if you open /dev/\:stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use stdin | |
536 in a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile or | |
537 loadlist slave commands. | |
538 . | |
539 .TP | |
540 .B \-nojoystick | |
541 Turns off joystick support. | |
542 . | |
543 .TP | |
544 .B \-nolirc | |
545 Turns off LIRC support. | |
546 . | |
547 .TP | |
548 .B \-nomouseinput (X11 only) | |
549 Disable mouse button press/\:release input (mozplayerxp's context menu relies | |
550 on this option). | |
551 . | |
552 .TP | |
553 .B \-nortc (RTC only) | |
554 Turns off usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock \- /dev/\:rtc) as timing | |
555 mechanism. | |
556 . | |
557 .TP | |
558 .B \-playlist <filename> | |
559 Play files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or | |
560 one-file-per-line format). | |
561 .br | |
562 .I NOTE: | |
563 This option is considered an entry so options found after it will apply | |
564 only to the elements of this playlist. | |
565 .br | |
566 FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly. | |
567 . | |
568 .TP | |
569 .B \-really-quiet (also see \-quiet) | |
570 Display even less output and status messages than with \-quiet. | |
571 . | |
572 .TP | |
573 .B \-rtc-device <device> | |
574 Use the specified device for RTC timing. | |
575 . | |
576 .TP | |
577 .B \-shuffle | |
578 Play files in random order. | |
579 . | |
580 .TP | |
581 .B \-skin <name> (GUI only) | |
582 Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the default skin | |
583 directories, /usr/\:local/\:share/\:mplayer/\:Skin/\: and ~/.mplayer/\:Skin/. | |
584 .sp 1 | |
585 .I EXAMPLE: | |
586 .PD 0 | |
587 .RSs | |
588 .IPs "\-skin fittyfene" | |
589 Tries /usr/\:local/\:share/\:mplayer/\:Skin/\:fittyfene | |
590 and afterwards ~/.mplayer/\:Skin/\:fittyfene. | |
591 .RE | |
592 .PD 1 | |
593 . | |
594 .TP | |
595 .B \-slave (also see \-input) | |
596 Switches on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as a backend for other programs. | |
597 Instead of intercepting keyboard events, MPlayer will read commands from stdin. | |
598 .br | |
599 .I NOTE: | |
600 See \-input cmdlist for a list of slave commands and DOCS/\:tech/\:slave.txt | |
601 for their description. | |
602 . | |
603 .TP | |
604 .B \-softsleep | |
605 Use high-quality software timers instead of the RTC. | |
606 As precise as the RTC without requiring special privileges. | |
607 Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption. | |
608 . | |
609 .TP | |
610 .B \-speed <0.01\-100> | |
611 Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter. | |
612 . | |
613 .TP | |
614 .B \-sstep <sec> | |
615 Display one frame every <sec> seconds. | |
616 Useful for slideshows. | |
617 . | |
618 . | |
619 . | |
620 .SH "DEMUXER/\:STREAM OPTIONS" | |
621 . | |
622 .TP | |
623 .B \-a52drc <level> | |
624 Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC3 audio streams. | |
625 <level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 means no compression | |
626 and 1 (which is the default) means full compression (make loud passages more | |
627 silent and vice versa). | |
628 This option only shows an effect if the AC3 stream contains the required range | |
629 compression information. | |
630 . | |
631 .TP | |
632 .B \-aid <ID> (also see \-alang) | |
633 Select audio channel (MPEG: 0\-31, AVI/\:OGM: 1\-99, ASF/\:RM: 0\-127, | |
634 VOB(AC3): 128\-159, VOB(LPCM): 160\-191, MPEG-TS 17\-8190). | |
635 MPlayer prints the available IDs when run in verbose (\-v) mode. | |
636 When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/\:MEncoder will use the first program | |
637 (if present) with the chosen audio stream. | |
638 . | |
639 .TP | |
640 .B \-alang <language\ code> (also see \-aid) | |
641 Play the audio stream whose language matches the given code. | |
642 Different container formats employ different language codes. | |
643 DVDs use ISO 639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska and NUT use ISO 639-2 | |
644 three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifier. | |
645 MPlayer prints a list of available languages when run in verbose (\-v) mode. | |
646 .sp 1 | |
647 .I EXAMPLE: | |
648 .PD 0 | |
649 .RSs | |
650 .IPs "mplayer dvd://1 \-alang hu,en" | |
651 Chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls back on English if | |
652 Hungarian is not available. | |
653 .IPs "mplayer \-alang jpn example.mkv" | |
654 Plays a Matroska file in Japanese. | |
655 .RE | |
656 .PD 1 | |
657 . | |
658 .TP | |
659 .B \-audio-demuxer <number> (\-audiofile only) | |
660 Force audio demuxer type for \-audiofile. | |
661 Give the demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/\:demuxer.h. | |
662 \-audio-demuxer 17 forces MP3. | |
663 . | |
664 .TP | |
665 .B \-audiofile <filename> | |
666 Play audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while viewing a | |
667 movie. | |
668 . | |
669 .TP | |
670 .B \-audiofile-cache <kBytes> | |
671 Enables caching for the stream used by \-audiofile, using the specified | |
672 amount of memory. | |
673 . | |
674 .TP | |
675 .B \-bandwidth <value> (network only) | |
676 Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers that are | |
677 able to send content in different bitrates). | |
678 Useful if you want to watch live streamed media behind a slow connection. | |
679 . | |
680 .TP | |
681 .B \-cdrom-device <path\ to\ device> | |
682 Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/\:cdrom). | |
683 . | |
684 .TP | |
685 .B \-cache <kBytes> | |
686 This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes) to use when precaching a | |
687 file or URL. | |
688 Especially useful on slow media. | |
689 . | |
690 .TP | |
691 .B \-cache-min <percentage> | |
692 Playback will start when the cache fill threshold set with this option | |
693 is reached. | |
694 . | |
695 .TP | |
696 .B \-cache-prefill <percentage> (not yet implemented) | |
697 When the cache is emptied MPlayer will pause and restart playback when | |
698 the cache prefill threshold set with this option is reached. | |
699 . | |
700 .TP | |
701 .B \-cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only) | |
702 This option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of MPlayer. | |
703 .sp 1 | |
704 Available options are: | |
705 .RSs | |
706 .IPs speed=<value> | |
707 Set CD spin speed. | |
708 .IPs paranoia=<0\-2> | |
709 Set paranoia level. | |
710 .RSss | |
711 0: disable checking | |
712 .br | |
713 1: overlap checking only (default) | |
714 .br | |
715 2: full data correction and verification | |
716 .REss | |
717 .IPs generic-dev=<value> | |
718 Use specified generic SCSI device. | |
719 .IPs sector-size=<value> | |
720 Set atomic read size. | |
721 .IPs overlap=<value> | |
722 Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors. | |
723 .IPs toc-bias | |
724 Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC will be | |
725 addressed as LBA\ 0. | |
726 Some Toshiba drives need this for getting track boundaries correct. | |
727 .IPs toc-offset=<value> | |
728 Add <value> sectors to the values reported when addressing tracks. | |
729 May be negative. | |
730 .IPs (no)skip | |
731 (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction. | |
732 .RE | |
733 . | |
734 .TP | |
735 .B \-channels <number> | |
736 Change the number of playback channels (default: 2). | |
737 If the number of output channels is bigger than the number of input channels | |
738 empty channels are inserted (unless mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono | |
739 channel is repeated in both output channels). | |
740 If the number of output channels is smaller than the number of input channels, | |
741 results depend on the audio decoder (\-afm). | |
742 MPlayer asks the decoder to decode the audio into as many channels as | |
743 specified. | |
744 Now it's up to the decoder to fulfill the requirement. | |
745 If the decoder outputs more channels than requested, the exceeding channels | |
746 are truncated. | |
747 This is usually only important when playing videos with AC3 audio (like DVDs). | |
748 In that case liba52 does the decoding by default and correctly downmixes the | |
749 audio into the requested number of channels. | |
750 .br | |
751 .I NOTE: | |
752 This option is honored by codecs (AC3 only), filters (surround) and ao drivers | |
753 (OSS at least). | |
754 .sp 1 | |
755 Available options are: | |
756 .sp 1 | |
757 .PD 0 | |
758 .RSs | |
759 .IPs 2 | |
760 stereo | |
761 .IPs 4 | |
762 surround | |
763 .IPs 6 | |
764 full 5.1 | |
765 .RE | |
766 .PD 1 | |
767 . | |
768 .TP | |
769 .B \-chapter <chapter\ ID>[\-<end\ chapter\ ID>] (DVD only) | |
770 Specify which chapter to start playing at. | |
771 Optionally specify which chapter to end playing at (default: 1). | |
772 . | |
773 .TP | |
774 .B \-cookies (network only) | |
775 Send cookies when making HTTP requests. | |
776 . | |
777 .TP | |
778 .B \-cookies-file <filename> (network only) | |
779 Read HTTP cookies from <filename> (default: ~/.mozilla/ and ~/.netscape/) | |
780 and skip reading from default locations. | |
781 The file is assumed to be in Netscape format. | |
782 . | |
783 .TP | |
784 .B \-demuxer <number> | |
785 Force demuxer type. | |
786 Give the demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/\:demuxer.h. | |
787 \-demuxer 17 forces MP3. | |
788 . | |
789 .TP | |
790 .B \-dumpaudio (MPlayer only) | |
791 Dumps raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with MPEG/\:AC3). | |
792 . | |
793 .TP | |
794 .B \-dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only) | |
795 Specify which file MPlayer should dump to. | |
796 Should be used together with \-dumpaudio / \-dumpvideo / \-dumpstream. | |
797 . | |
798 .TP | |
799 .B \-dumpstream (MPlayer only) | |
800 Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump. | |
801 Useful when ripping from DVD or network. | |
802 . | |
803 .TP | |
804 .B \-dumpvideo (MPlayer only) | |
805 Dump raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very usable). | |
806 . | |
807 .TP | |
808 .B \-dvbin <options> (DVB only) | |
809 Pass the following parameters to the DVB input module, in order to override | |
810 the default ones: | |
811 .sp 1 | |
812 .PD 0 | |
813 .RSs | |
814 .IPs card=<1\-4> | |
815 Specifies using card number 1\-4 (default: 1). | |
816 .IPs file=<filename> | |
817 Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from <filename>. | |
818 Default is ~/.mplayer/\:channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl} (based on your card type) | |
819 or ~/.mplayer/\:channels.conf as a last resort. | |
820 .RE | |
821 .PD 1 | |
822 . | |
823 .TP | |
824 .B \-dvd-device <path\ to\ device> (DVD only) | |
825 Specify the DVD device (default: /dev/\:dvd). | |
826 You can also specify a directory that contains files previously copied directly | |
827 from a DVD (such as with vobcopy). | |
828 Note that using \-dumpstream is usually a better way to | |
829 copy DVD titles in the first place (see the examples). | |
830 . | |
831 .TP | |
832 .B \-dvdangle <angle\ ID> (DVD only) | |
833 Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles. | |
834 Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1). | |
835 . | |
836 .TP | |
837 .B \-forceidx | |
838 Force index rebuilding. | |
839 Useful for files with broken index (A/\:V desync, etc). | |
840 This will enable seeking in files where seeking was not possible. | |
841 You can fix the index permanently with MEncoder (see the documentation). | |
842 .br | |
843 .I NOTE: | |
844 This option only works if the underlying media supports seeking | |
845 (i.e.\& not with stdin, pipe, etc). | |
846 . | |
847 .TP | |
848 .B \-fps <float value> | |
849 Override video framerate. | |
850 Useful if the original value is wrong or missing. | |
851 . | |
852 .TP | |
853 .B \-frames <number> | |
854 Play/\:convert only first <number> frames, then quit. | |
855 . | |
856 .TP | |
857 .B \-hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only) | |
858 Hi-res MP3 seeking. | |
859 Enabled when playing from an external MP3 file, as we need to seek | |
860 to the very exact position to keep A/\:V sync. | |
861 Can be slow especially when seeking backwards since it has to rewind | |
862 to the beginning to find an exact frame position. | |
863 . | |
864 .TP | |
865 .B \-idx (also see \-forceidx) | |
866 Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking. | |
867 Useful with broken/\:incomplete downloads, or badly created files. | |
868 .br | |
869 .I NOTE: | |
870 This option only works if the underlying media supports seeking | |
871 (i.e.\& not with stdin, pipe, etc). | |
872 . | |
873 .TP | |
874 .B \-ipv4-only-proxy (network only) | |
875 Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses. | |
876 It will still be used for IPv4 connections. | |
877 . | |
878 .TP | |
879 .B \-loadidx <index file> | |
880 The file from which to read the video index data saved by \-saveidx. | |
881 This index will be used for seeking, overriding any index data | |
882 contained in the AVI itself. | |
883 MPlayer won't prevent you from loading an index file generated | |
884 from a different AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results. | |
885 .br | |
886 .I NOTE: | |
887 This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support. | |
888 . | |
889 .TP | |
890 .B \-mc <seconds/\:frame> | |
891 maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds) | |
892 . | |
893 .TP | |
894 .B \-mf <option1:option2:...> | |
895 Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files. | |
896 .sp 1 | |
897 Available options are: | |
898 .sp 1 | |
899 .PD 0 | |
900 .RSs | |
901 .IPs w=<value> | |
902 output width (default: autodetect) | |
903 .IPs h=<value> | |
904 output height (default: autodetect) | |
905 .IPs fps=<value> | |
906 output fps (default: 25) | |
907 .IPs type=<value> | |
908 input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi) | |
909 .RE | |
910 .PD 1 | |
911 . | |
912 .TP | |
913 .B \-ni (AVI only) | |
914 Force usage of non-interleaved AVI parser (fixes playback | |
915 of some bad AVI files). | |
916 . | |
917 .TP | |
918 .B \-nobps (AVI only) | |
919 Do not use average byte/\:second value for A-V sync. | |
920 Helps with some AVI files with broken header. | |
921 . | |
922 .TP | |
923 .B \-noextbased | |
924 Disables extension-based demuxer selection. | |
925 By default, when the file type (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably | |
926 (the file has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename | |
927 extension is used to select the demuxer. | |
928 Always falls back on content-based demuxer selection. | |
929 . | |
930 .TP | |
931 .B \-passwd <password> (also see \-user) (network only) | |
932 Specify password for HTTP authentication. | |
933 . | |
934 .TP | |
935 .B \-prefer-ipv4 (network only) | |
936 Use IPv4 on network connections. | |
937 Falls back on IPv6 automatically. | |
938 . | |
939 .TP | |
940 .B \-prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only) | |
941 Use IPv6 on network connections. | |
942 Falls back on IPv4 automatically. | |
943 . | |
944 .TP | |
945 .B \-rawaudio <option1:option2:...> | |
946 This option lets you play raw audio files. | |
947 It may also be used to play audio CDs which are not 44KHz 16-bit stereo. | |
948 For playing raw AC3 streams use \-rawaudio on:format=0x2000. | |
949 .sp 1 | |
950 Available options are: | |
951 .sp 1 | |
952 .PD 0 | |
953 .RSs | |
954 .IPs on\ \ \ | |
955 Use raw audio demuxer. | |
956 .IPs channels=<value> | |
957 number of channels | |
958 .IPs rate=<value> | |
959 rate in samples per second | |
960 .IPs samplesize=<value> | |
961 sample size in bytes | |
962 .IPs bitrate=<value> | |
963 bitrate for rawaudio files | |
964 .IPs format=<value> | |
965 fourcc in hex | |
966 .RE | |
967 .PD 1 | |
968 . | |
969 .TP | |
970 .B \-rawvideo <option1:option2:...> | |
971 This option lets you play raw video files. | |
972 .sp 1 | |
973 Available options are: | |
974 .sp 1 | |
975 .PD 0 | |
976 .RSs | |
977 .IPs on\ \ \ | |
978 Use raw video demuxer. | |
979 .IPs fps=<value> | |
980 rate in frames per second (default: 25.0) | |
981 .IPs sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc | |
982 set standard image size | |
983 .IPs w=<value> | |
984 image width in pixels | |
985 .IPs h=<value> | |
986 image height in pixels | |
987 .IPs y420|yv12|yuy2|y8 | |
988 set colorspace | |
989 .IPs format=<value> | |
990 colorspace (fourcc) in hex | |
991 .IPs size=<value> | |
992 frame size in Bytes | |
993 .RE | |
994 .PD 1 | |
995 . | |
996 .TP | |
997 .B \-rtsp-stream-over-tcp (live.com only) | |
998 Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming RTP and RTCP | |
999 packets be streamed over TCP (using the same TCP connection as RTSP). | |
1000 This option may be useful if you have a broken internet connection that does | |
1001 not pass incoming UDP packets (see http://www.live.com/\:mplayer/). | |
1002 . | |
1003 .TP | |
1004 .B \-saveidx <filename> | |
1005 Force index rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>. | |
1006 Currently this only works with AVI files. | |
1007 .br | |
1008 .I NOTE: | |
1009 This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support. | |
1010 . | |
1011 .TP | |
1012 .B \-sb <byte\ position> (also see \-ss) | |
1013 Seek to byte position. | |
1014 Useful for playback from CD-ROM images or VOB files with junk at the beginning. | |
1015 . | |
1016 .TP | |
1017 .B \-srate <Hz> | |
1018 Selects the given output sampling rate, resampling if necessary. | |
1019 The type of resampling can be controlled by the \-af-adv option. | |
1020 The default is fast resampling that may cause distortion. | |
1021 MEncoder passes this value to LAME for resampling. | |
1022 . | |
1023 .TP | |
1024 .B \-ss <time> (also see \-sb) | |
1025 Seek to given time position. | |
1026 .sp 1 | |
1027 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1028 .PD 0 | |
1029 .RSs | |
1030 .IPs "\-ss 56" | |
1031 Seeks to 56 seconds. | |
1032 .IPs "\-ss 01:10:00" | |
1033 Seeks to 1\ hour 10\ min. | |
1034 .RE | |
1035 .PD 1 | |
1036 . | |
1037 .TP | |
1038 .B \-tskeepbroken | |
1039 Tells MPlayer not to discard TS packets reported as broken in the stream. | |
1040 Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files. | |
1041 . | |
1042 .TP | |
1043 .B \-tsprobe <byte\ position> | |
1044 When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how many | |
1045 bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to search for the desired | |
1046 audio and video pids. | |
1047 . | |
1048 .TP | |
1049 .B \-tsprog <1\-65534> | |
1050 When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option which | |
1051 program (if present) you want to play. | |
1052 Can be used with \-vid and \-aid. | |
1053 . | |
1054 .TP | |
1055 .B \-tv <option1:option2:...> (TV only) | |
1056 This option tunes various properties of the TV capture module. | |
1057 For watching TV with MPlayer, use 'tv://' or 'tv://<channel_number>' | |
1058 or even 'tv://<channel_name> (see option channels for channel_name below) | |
1059 as a movie URL. | |
1060 .sp 1 | |
1061 Available options are: | |
1062 .RSs | |
1063 .IPs noaudio | |
1064 no sound | |
1065 .IPs driver=<value> | |
1066 available: dummy, v4l, v4l2, bsdbt848 | |
1067 .IPs device=<value> | |
1068 Specify TV device (default: /dev/\:video0). | |
1069 .IPs input=<value> | |
1070 Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available inputs). | |
1071 .IPs freq=<value> | |
1072 Specify the frequency to set the tuner to (e.g.\& 511.250). | |
1073 Not compatible with the channels parameter. | |
1074 .IPs outfmt=<value> | |
1075 Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset value supported by the | |
1076 V4L driver (yv12, rgb32, rgb24, rgb16, rgb15, uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an | |
1077 arbitrary format given as hex value. | |
1078 Try outfmt=help for a list of all available formats. | |
1079 .IPs width=<value> | |
1080 output window width | |
1081 .IPs height=<value> | |
1082 output window height | |
1083 .IPs fps=<value> | |
1084 framerate at which to capture video (frames per second) | |
1085 .IPs buffersize=<value> | |
1086 maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical) | |
1087 .IPs norm=<value> | |
1088 available: PAL, SECAM, NTSC. | |
1089 For v4l2 use the normid option below. | |
1090 .IPs "normid=<value> (v4l2 only)" | |
1091 See console output for a list of available TV norms. | |
1092 .IPs channel=<value> | |
1093 Set tuner to <value> channel. | |
1094 .IPs chanlist=<value> | |
1095 available: europe-east, europe-west, us-bcast, us-cable, etc | |
1096 .IPs channels=<channel>\-<name>,<channel>\-<name>,... | |
1097 Set names for channels. | |
1098 Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-). | |
1099 The channel names will then be written using OSD, and the slave commands | |
1100 tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel will be usable for | |
1101 a remote control (see LIRC). | |
1102 Not compatible with the frequency parameter. | |
1103 .br | |
1104 .I NOTE: | |
1105 The channel number will then be the position in the 'channels' list, | |
1106 beginning with 1. | |
1107 .br | |
1108 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1109 tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1, tv_set_channel TV1 | |
1110 .IPs [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100\-100> | |
1111 Set the image equalizer on the card. | |
1112 .IPs audiorate=<value> | |
1113 Set audio capture bitrate. | |
1114 .IPs forceaudio | |
1115 Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l. | |
1116 .IPs alsa\ | |
1117 Capture from ALSA. | |
1118 .IPs amode=<0\-3> | |
1119 Choose an audio mode: | |
1120 .RSss | |
1121 0: mono | |
1122 .br | |
1123 1: stereo | |
1124 .br | |
1125 2: language 1 | |
1126 .br | |
1127 3: language 2 | |
1128 .REss | |
1129 .IPs forcechan=<1\-2> | |
1130 By default, the count of recorded audio channels is determined automatically | |
1131 by querying the audio mode from the TV card. | |
1132 This option allows forcing stereo/\:mono recording regardless of the amode | |
1133 option and the values returned by v4l. | |
1134 This can be used for troubleshooting when the TV card is unable to report the | |
1135 current audio mode. | |
1136 .IPs adevice=<value> | |
1137 Set an audio device. | |
1138 <value> should be /dev/\:xxx for OSS and a hardware ID for ALSA. | |
1139 See the \-ao alsa documentation to find out how to specify the hardware ID. | |
1140 .IPs audioid=<value> | |
1141 Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one. | |
1142 .IPs "[volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0\-65535> (v4l1)" | |
1143 .IPs "[volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0\-100> (v4l2)" | |
1144 These options set parameters of the mixer on the video capture card. | |
1145 They will have no effect, if your card does not have one. | |
1146 For v4l2 50 maps to the default value of the | |
1147 control, as reported by the driver. | |
1148 .IPs immediatemode=<bool> | |
1149 A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video together | |
1150 (default for MEncoder). | |
1151 A value of 1 (default for MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let the | |
1152 audio go through a loopback cable from the TV card to the sound card. | |
1153 .IPs mjpeg | |
1154 Use hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it). | |
1155 When using this option, you do not need to specify the width and height | |
1156 of the output window, because MPlayer will determine it automatically | |
1157 from the decimation value (see below). | |
1158 .IPs decimation=<1,2,4> | |
1159 choose the size of the picture that will be compressed by hardware | |
1160 MJPEG compression: | |
1161 .RSss | |
1162 1: full size | |
1163 704x576 PAL | |
1164 704x480 NTSC | |
1165 .br | |
1166 2: medium size | |
1167 352x288 PAL | |
1168 352x240 NTSC | |
1169 .br | |
1170 4: small size | |
1171 176x144 PAL | |
1172 176x120 NTSC | |
1173 .REss | |
1174 .IPs quality=<0\-100> | |
1175 Choose the quality of the JPEG compression | |
1176 (< 60 recommended for full size). | |
1177 .RE | |
1178 . | |
1179 .TP | |
1180 .B \-user <username> (also see \-passwd) (network only) | |
1181 Specify username for HTTP authentication. | |
1182 . | |
1183 .TP | |
1184 .B \-user-agent <string> | |
1185 Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming. | |
1186 . | |
1187 .TP | |
1188 .B \-vid <ID> | |
1189 Select video channel (MPG: 0\-15, ASF: 0\-255, MPEG-TS: 17\-8190). | |
1190 When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/\:MEncoder will use the first program | |
1191 (if present) with the chosen video stream. | |
1192 . | |
1193 .TP | |
1194 .B \-vivo <sub-options> (DEBUG CODE) | |
1195 Force audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for debugging purposes). | |
1196 . | |
1197 . | |
1198 . | |
1199 .SH "OSD/\:SUB OPTIONS" | |
1200 .I NOTE: | |
1201 Also see \-vf expand. | |
1202 . | |
1203 .TP | |
1204 .B \-dumpjacosub (MPlayer only) | |
1205 Convert the given subtitle (specified with the \-sub option) to the time-based | |
1206 JACOsub subtitle format. | |
1207 Creates a dumpsub.js file in the current directory. | |
1208 . | |
1209 .TP | |
1210 .B \-dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only) | |
1211 Convert the given subtitle (specified with the \-sub option) to the | |
1212 MicroDVD subtitle format. | |
1213 Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the current directory. | |
1214 . | |
1215 .TP | |
1216 .B \-dumpmpsub (MPlayer only) | |
1217 Convert the given subtitle (specified with the \-sub option) to MPlayer's | |
1218 subtitle format, MPsub. | |
1219 Creates a dump.mpsub file in the current directory. | |
1220 . | |
1221 .TP | |
1222 .B \-dumpsami (MPlayer only) | |
1223 Convert the given subtitle (specified with the \-sub option) to the time-based | |
1224 SAMI subtitle format. | |
1225 Creates a dumpsub.smi file in the current directory. | |
1226 . | |
1227 .TP | |
1228 .B \-dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only) | |
1229 Convert the given subtitle (specified with the \-sub option) to the time-based | |
1230 SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format. | |
1231 Creates a dumpsub.srt file in the current directory. | |
1232 . | |
1233 .TP | |
1234 .B \-dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE) | |
1235 Dumps the subtitle substream from VOB streams. | |
1236 Also see the \-dump*sub and \-vobsubout* options. | |
1237 . | |
1238 .TP | |
1239 .B \-ffactor <number> (OSD only) | |
1240 Resample the font alphamap. | |
1241 Can be: | |
1242 .PD 0 | |
1243 .RSs | |
1244 .IPs 0 | |
1245 plain white fonts | |
1246 .IPs 0.75 | |
1247 very narrow black outline (default) | |
1248 .IPs 1 | |
1249 narrow black outline | |
1250 .IPs 10 | |
1251 bold black outline | |
1252 .RE | |
1253 .PD 1 | |
1254 . | |
1255 .TP | |
1256 .B \-flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only) | |
1257 Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi. | |
1258 . | |
1259 .TP | |
1260 .B \-noflip-hebrew-commas | |
1261 Change FriBiDi's assumptions about the placements of commas in subtitles. | |
1262 Use this if commas in subtitles are shown at the start of a sentence | |
1263 instead of at the end. | |
1264 .TP | |
1265 .B \-font <path\ to\ font.desc\ file> (OSD only) | |
1266 Search for the OSD/\:SUB fonts in an alternative directory (default for normal | |
1267 fonts: ~/\:.mplayer/\:font/\:font.desc, default for FreeType fonts: | |
1268 ~/.mplayer/\:subfont.ttf). | |
1269 .br | |
1270 .I NOTE: | |
1271 With FreeType, this option determines the path to the text font file. | |
1272 With fontconfig, this option determines the fontconfig font name. | |
1273 .sp 1 | |
1274 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1275 .PD 0 | |
1276 .RSs | |
1277 \-font ~/\:.mplayer/\:arial-14/\:font.desc | |
1278 .br | |
1279 \-font ~/\:.mplayer/\:arialuni.ttf | |
1280 .br | |
1281 \-font 'Bitstream Vera Sans' | |
1282 .RE | |
1283 .PD 1 | |
1284 . | |
1285 .TP | |
1286 .B \-fontconfig (fontconfig only) | |
1287 Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts. | |
1288 . | |
1289 .TP | |
1290 .B \-forcedsubsonly | |
1291 Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g.\& | |
1292 \-slang. | |
1293 . | |
1294 .TP | |
1295 .B \-fribidi-charset <charset\ name> (FriBiDi only) | |
1296 Specifies the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when | |
1297 decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8). | |
1298 . | |
1299 .TP | |
1300 .B \-ifo <VOBsub\ ifo\ file> | |
1301 Indicate the file that will be used to load palette and frame size for VOBsub | |
1302 subtitles. | |
1303 . | |
1304 .TP | |
1305 .B \-noautosub | |
1306 Turns off automatic subtitle file loading. | |
1307 . | |
1308 .TP | |
1309 .B \-osdlevel <0\-3> (MPlayer only) | |
1310 Specifies which mode the OSD should start in. | |
1311 .PD 0 | |
1312 .RSs | |
1313 .IPs 0 | |
1314 subtitles only | |
1315 .IPs 1 | |
1316 volume + seek (default) | |
1317 .IPs 2 | |
1318 volume + seek + timer + percentage | |
1319 .IPs 3 | |
1320 volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time | |
1321 .RE | |
1322 .PD 1 | |
1323 . | |
1324 .TP | |
1325 .B \-overlapsub | |
1326 Allows the next subtitle to be displayed while the current one is | |
1327 still visible (default is to enable the support only for specific | |
1328 formats). | |
1329 . | |
1330 .TP | |
1331 .B \-sid <ID> (also see \-slang option) | |
1332 Display DVD subtitles in the language specified by <ID> (0\-31). | |
1333 MPlayer prints the available subtitle languages when run in verbose (\-v) mode. | |
1334 . | |
1335 .TP | |
1336 .B \-slang <country\ code[,country\ code,...]> (also see \-sid) | |
1337 Specify a priority list of DVD subtitle languages to use. | |
1338 Languages must be given as two letter country codes. | |
1339 MPlayer prints the available subtitle languages when run in verbose (\-v) mode. | |
1340 .sp 1 | |
1341 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1342 .PD 0 | |
1343 .RSs | |
1344 .IPs "\-slang hu,en" | |
1345 Selects Hungarian and falls back on English if Hungarian is not available. | |
1346 .RE | |
1347 .PD 1 | |
1348 . | |
1349 .TP | |
1350 .B \-spuaa <mode> (OSD only) | |
1351 Antialiasing/\:scaling mode for DVD/\:VOBsub. | |
1352 A value of 16 may be added to <mode> in order to force scaling even | |
1353 when original and scaled frame size already match. | |
1354 This can be employed to e.g.\& smooth subtitles with gaussian blur. | |
1355 Available modes are: | |
1356 .PD 0 | |
1357 .RSs | |
1358 .IPs 0 | |
1359 none (fastest, very ugly) | |
1360 .IPs 1 | |
1361 approximate (broken?) | |
1362 .IPs 2 | |
1363 full (slow) | |
1364 .IPs 3 | |
1365 bilinear (default, fast and not too bad) | |
1366 .IPs 4 | |
1367 uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good) | |
1368 .RE | |
1369 .PD 1 | |
1370 . | |
1371 .TP | |
1372 .B \-spualign <-1\-2> (OSD only) | |
1373 Specify how SPU (DVD/\:VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned. | |
1374 .PD 0 | |
1375 .RSs | |
1376 .IPs -1 | |
1377 original position | |
1378 .IPs 0 | |
1379 align at top (original/\:default behavior) | |
1380 .IPs 1 | |
1381 align at center | |
1382 .IPs 2 | |
1383 align at bottom | |
1384 .RE | |
1385 .PD 1 | |
1386 . | |
1387 .TP | |
1388 .B \-spugauss <0.0\-3.0> (OSD only) | |
1389 Variance parameter of gaussian used by \-spuaa 4. | |
1390 Higher means more blur (default: 1.0). | |
1391 . | |
1392 .TP | |
1393 .B \-sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...> | |
1394 Use/\:display these subtitle files. | |
1395 Only one file can be displayed at the same time. | |
1396 . | |
1397 .TP | |
1398 .B \-sub-bg-alpha <0\-255> | |
1399 Specify the alpha channel value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds. | |
1400 Big values mean more transparency. | |
1401 0 means completely transparent. | |
1402 . | |
1403 .TP | |
1404 .B \-sub-bg-color <0\-255> | |
1405 Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds. | |
1406 Currently subtitles are grayscale so this value is equivalente to the | |
1407 intensity of the color. | |
1408 255 means white and 0 black. | |
1409 . | |
1410 .TP | |
1411 .B \-sub-demuxer <number> (\-subfile only) (BETA CODE) | |
1412 Force subtitle demuxer type for \-subfile. | |
1413 Give the demuxer ID as defined in subreader.h. | |
1414 . | |
1415 .TP | |
1416 .B \-sub-fuzziness <mode> | |
1417 Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles: | |
1418 .PD 0 | |
1419 .RSs | |
1420 .IPs 0 | |
1421 exact match | |
1422 .IPs 1 | |
1423 Load all subs containing movie name. | |
1424 .IPs 2 | |
1425 Load all subs in the current directory. | |
1426 .RE | |
1427 .PD 1 | |
1428 . | |
1429 .TP | |
1430 .B \-sub-no-text-pp | |
1431 Disables any kind of text post processing done after loading the subtitles. | |
1432 Used for debug purposes. | |
1433 . | |
1434 .TP | |
1435 .B \-subalign <0\-2> (OSD only) | |
1436 Specify how subtitles should be aligned with \-subpos. | |
1437 .PD 0 | |
1438 .RSs | |
1439 .IPs 0 | |
1440 Align at top (original/\:default behavior). | |
1441 .IPs 1 | |
1442 Align at center. | |
1443 .IPs 2 | |
1444 Align at bottom. | |
1445 .RE | |
1446 .PD 1 | |
1447 . | |
1448 .TP | |
1449 .B \-subcc \ | |
1450 Display DVD Closed Caption (CC) subtitles. | |
1451 These are NOT the VOB subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the | |
1452 hearing impaired encoded in the VOB userdata stream on most region 1 DVDs. | |
1453 CC subtitles have not been spotted on DVDs from other regions so far. | |
1454 . | |
1455 .TP | |
1456 .B \-subcp <codepage> (iconv only) | |
1457 If your system supports iconv(3), you can use this option to | |
1458 specify the subtitle codepage. | |
1459 .sp 1 | |
1460 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1461 .PD 0 | |
1462 .RSs | |
1463 \-subcp latin2 | |
1464 .br | |
1465 \-subcp cp1250 | |
1466 .RE | |
1467 .PD 1 | |
1468 . | |
1469 .TP | |
1470 .B \-subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only) | |
1471 You can specify your language using a two letter language code to | |
1472 make ENCA detect the codepage automatically. | |
1473 If unsure, enter anything and watch mplayer \-v output for available | |
1474 languages. | |
1475 Fallback codepage specifies the codepage to use, when autodetection fails. | |
1476 .sp 1 | |
1477 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1478 .PD 0 | |
1479 .RSs | |
1480 .IPs "\-subcp enca:cs:latin2" | |
1481 Guess the encoding, assuming the subtitles are Czech, fall back on | |
1482 latin 2, if the detection fails. | |
1483 .IPs "\-subcp enca:pl:cp1250" | |
1484 Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250. | |
1485 .RE | |
1486 .PD 1 | |
1487 . | |
1488 .TP | |
1489 .B \-subdelay <sec> | |
1490 Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds. | |
1491 Can be negative. | |
1492 . | |
1493 .TP | |
1494 .B \-subfile <filename> (BETA CODE) | |
1495 Currently useless. | |
1496 Same as \-audiofile, but for subtitle streams (OggDS?). | |
1497 . | |
1498 .TP | |
1499 .B \-subfont-autoscale <0\-3> (FreeType only) | |
1500 Sets the autoscale mode. | |
1501 .br | |
1502 .I NOTE: | |
1503 0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in points. | |
1504 .sp 1 | |
1505 The mode can be: | |
1506 .sp 1 | |
1507 .PD 0 | |
1508 .RSs | |
1509 .IPs 0 | |
1510 no autoscale | |
1511 .IPs 1 | |
1512 proportional to movie height | |
1513 .IPs 2 | |
1514 proportional to movie width | |
1515 .IPs 3 | |
1516 proportional to movie diagonal (default) | |
1517 .RE | |
1518 .PD 1 | |
1519 . | |
1520 .TP | |
1521 .B \-subfont-blur <0\-8> (FreeType only) | |
1522 Sets the font blur radius (default: 2). | |
1523 . | |
1524 .TP | |
1525 .B \-subfont-encoding <value> (FreeType only) | |
1526 Sets the font encoding. | |
1527 When set to 'unicode', all the glyphs from the font file will be rendered and | |
1528 unicode will be used (default: unicode). | |
1529 . | |
1530 .TP | |
1531 .B \-subfont-osd-scale <0\-100> (FreeType only) | |
1532 Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6). | |
1533 . | |
1534 .TP | |
1535 .B \-subfont-outline <0\-8> (FreeType only) | |
1536 Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2). | |
1537 . | |
1538 .TP | |
1539 .B \-subfont-text-scale <0\-100> (FreeType only) | |
1540 Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient as percentage of the | |
1541 screen size (default: 5). | |
1542 . | |
1543 .TP | |
1544 .B \-subfps <rate> | |
1545 Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps). | |
1546 .br | |
1547 .I NOTE: | |
1548 Only for frame-based subtitle files, i.e.\& MicroDVD format. | |
1549 . | |
1550 .TP | |
1551 .B \-subpos <0\-100> (useful with \-vf expand) (OSD only) | |
1552 Specify the position of subtitles on the screen. | |
1553 The value is the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height. | |
1554 . | |
1555 .TP | |
1556 .B \-subwidth <10\-100> (OSD only) | |
1557 Specify the maximum width of subtitles on the screen. | |
1558 Useful for TV-out. | |
1559 The value is the width of the subtitle in % of the screen width. | |
1560 . | |
1561 .TP | |
1562 .B \-unicode | |
1563 Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode. | |
1564 . | |
1565 .TP | |
1566 .B \-utf8 \ \ | |
1567 Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8. | |
1568 . | |
1569 .TP | |
1570 .B \-vobsub <VOBsub\ file\ without\ extension> | |
1571 Specify a VOBsub file to use for subtitles. | |
1572 Has to be the full pathname without extension, i.e.\& without | |
1573 the '.idx', '.ifo' or '.sub'. | |
1574 . | |
1575 .TP | |
1576 .B \-vobsubid <0\-31> | |
1577 Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID. | |
1578 . | |
1579 . | |
1580 . | |
1581 .SH "AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)" | |
1582 . | |
1583 .TP | |
1584 .B \-abs <value> (\-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE) | |
1585 Override audio driver/\:card buffer size detection. | |
1586 . | |
1587 .TP | |
1588 .B \-aofile <filename> | |
1589 Override the default filename employed by \-ao pcm. | |
1590 . | |
1591 .TP | |
1592 .B \-aop <list=plugin1,plugin2...:option1=value1:opt2=val2...> | |
1593 Specify audio plugin(s) and their options | |
1594 (also see the audio plugins section of the documentation). | |
1595 .sp 1 | |
1596 Available options are: | |
1597 .RSs | |
1598 .IPs list=[plugins] | |
1599 comma separated list of plugins (resample, surround, format, volume, | |
1600 extrastereo, volnorm, delay) | |
1601 .IPs delay=<sec> | |
1602 example plugin, do not use (delay plugin only) | |
1603 .IPs format=<format> | |
1604 output format (format plugin only) | |
1605 .IPs fout=<Hz> | |
1606 output frequency (resample plugin only) | |
1607 .IPs volume=<0\-255> | |
1608 volume (volume plugin only) | |
1609 .IPs mul=<value> | |
1610 stereo coefficient (default: 2.5) (extrastereo plugin only) | |
1611 .IPs softclip | |
1612 compressor / 'soft-clipping' capabilities (volume plugin only) | |
1613 .RE | |
1614 . | |
1615 .TP | |
1616 .B \-delay <sec> | |
1617 Audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value). | |
1618 . | |
1619 .TP | |
1620 .B \-format <0\-8192> | |
1621 Select the format used for output from the filter layer (according to the | |
1622 defines in libao2/\:afmt.h): | |
1623 .PD 0 | |
1624 .RSs | |
1625 .IPs 1 | |
1626 Mu-Law | |
1627 .IPs 2 | |
1628 A-Law | |
1629 .IPs 4 | |
1630 Ima-ADPCM | |
1631 .IPs 8 | |
1632 unsigned 8-bit | |
1633 .IPs 16 | |
1634 signed 16-bit (little-endian) | |
1635 .IPs 32 | |
1636 signed 16-bit (big-endian) | |
1637 .IPs 64 | |
1638 signed 8-bit | |
1639 .IPs 128 | |
1640 unsigned 16-bit (little-endian) | |
1641 .IPs 256 | |
1642 unsigned 16-bit (big-endian) | |
1643 .IPs 512 | |
1644 MPEG (2) Audio | |
1645 .IPs 1024 | |
1646 AC3 | |
1647 .IPs 4096 | |
1648 signed 32-bit (little-endian) | |
1649 .IPs 8192 | |
1650 signed 32-bit (big-endian) | |
1651 .RE | |
1652 .PD 1 | |
1653 . | |
1654 .TP | |
1655 .B \-mixer <device> | |
1656 Use a mixer device different from the default /dev/\:mixer. | |
1657 For ALSA this is the mixer name. | |
1658 . | |
1659 .TP | |
1660 .B \-mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (\-ao oss and \-ao alsa only) | |
1661 This option will tell MPlayer to use a different channel for controlling | |
1662 volume than the default PCM. | |
1663 Options for OSS include | |
1664 .B vol, pcm, line. | |
1665 For a complete list of options look for SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in | |
1666 /usr/\:include/\:linux/\:soundcard.h. | |
1667 For ALSA you can use the names e.g.\& alsamixer displays, like | |
1668 .B Master, Line, PCM. | |
1669 .br | |
1670 .I NOTE: | |
1671 ALSA mixer channel names followed by a number must be specified in the | |
1672 <name,number> format, i.e.\& a channel labeled 'PCM 1' in alsamixer must | |
1673 be converted to | |
1674 .BR PCM,1 . | |
1675 . | |
1676 .TP | |
1677 .B \-nowaveheader (\-ao pcm only) | |
1678 Don't include wave header. | |
1679 Used for raw PCM. | |
1680 . | |
1681 .TP | |
1682 .B \-volstep <0\-100> | |
1683 Set the step size of mixer volume changes in percent of the whole range | |
1684 (default: 3). | |
1685 . | |
1686 . | |
1687 . | |
1688 .SH "AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)" | |
1689 Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. | |
1690 The syntax is: | |
1691 . | |
1692 .TP | |
1693 .B \-ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]> | |
1694 Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used. | |
1695 .PP | |
1696 If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not | |
1697 contained in the list. | |
1698 Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted. | |
1699 .br | |
1700 .I NOTE: | |
1701 See \-ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers. | |
1702 .sp 1 | |
1703 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1704 .PD 0 | |
1705 .RSs | |
1706 .IPs "\-ao alsa,oss," | |
1707 Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others. | |
1708 .IPs "\-ao alsa:mmap:noblock:device=hw=0.3" | |
1709 Sets noblock-mode, mmap-mode and the device-name as first card, fourth device. | |
1710 .RE | |
1711 .PD 1 | |
1712 .sp 1 | |
1713 Available audio output drivers are: | |
1714 . | |
1715 .TP | |
1716 .B alsa\ \ \ | |
1717 ALSA 0.9/\:1.x audio output driver. | |
1718 .PD 0 | |
1719 .RSs | |
1720 .IPs mmap\ \ \ | |
1721 Sets experimental mmap-mode (does not work for more than 2 channels). | |
1722 .IPs noblock | |
1723 Sets noblock-mode. | |
1724 .IPs device=<device> | |
1725 Sets the device name. | |
1726 Replace any ',' with '.' and any ':' with '=' in the ALSA device name. | |
1727 Make sure you do not set this when you want hwac3 output via S/PDIF, unless | |
1728 you really know how to set it correctly. | |
1729 .RE | |
1730 .PD 1 | |
1731 . | |
1732 .TP | |
1733 .B alsa1x (OBSOLETE) | |
1734 ALSA 1.x audio output driver. | |
1735 Obsoleted by the general alsa audio output driver. | |
1736 . | |
1737 .TP | |
1738 .B alsa9 (OBSOLETE) | |
1739 ALSA 0.9 audio output driver. | |
1740 Obsoleted by the general alsa audio output driver. | |
1741 . | |
1742 .TP | |
1743 .B alsa5\ \ | |
1744 ALSA 0.5 audio output driver. | |
1745 . | |
1746 .TP | |
1747 .B oss\ \ \ \ | |
1748 OSS audio output driver | |
1749 .PD 0 | |
1750 .RSs | |
1751 .IPs dsp-device | |
1752 Sets the audio-output device (default: /dev/\:dsp). | |
1753 .RE | |
1754 .PD 1 | |
1755 . | |
1756 .TP | |
1757 .B sdl\ \ \ \ | |
1758 Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) library | |
1759 audio output driver. | |
1760 .PD 0 | |
1761 .RSs | |
1762 .IPs <driver> | |
1763 Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use (default: let SDL choose). | |
1764 .RE | |
1765 .PD 1 | |
1766 . | |
1767 .TP | |
1768 .B arts\ \ \ | |
1769 Audio output through the Arts daemon. | |
1770 . | |
1771 .TP | |
1772 .B esd\ \ \ \ | |
1773 Audio output through the ESD daemon. | |
1774 .PD 0 | |
1775 .RSs | |
1776 .IPs <server> | |
1777 Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default: localhost). | |
1778 .RE | |
1779 .PD 1 | |
1780 . | |
1781 .TP | |
1782 .B jack\ \ \ \ | |
1783 Audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit). | |
1784 . | |
1785 .TP | |
1786 .B nas\ \ \ \ | |
1787 Audio output through NAS. | |
1788 . | |
1789 .TP | |
1790 .B macosx (Mac OS X only) | |
1791 Native Mac OS X audio output driver. | |
1792 . | |
1793 .TP | |
1794 .B sgi (SGI only) | |
1795 Native SGI audio output driver. | |
1796 . | |
1797 .TP | |
1798 .B sun (Sun only) | |
1799 Native Sun audio output driver. | |
1800 .PD 0 | |
1801 .RSs | |
1802 .IPs <device> | |
1803 Explicitly choose the audio device to use (default: /dev/\:audio). | |
1804 .RE | |
1805 .PD 1 | |
1806 . | |
1807 .TP | |
1808 .B win32 (Windows only) | |
1809 Native Windows waveout audio output driver. | |
1810 . | |
1811 .TP | |
1812 .B dxr2 (also see \-dxr2) (DXR2 only) | |
1813 Creative DXR2 specific output driver. | |
1814 . | |
1815 .TP | |
1816 .B mpegpes (DVB only) | |
1817 DVB specific output driver. | |
1818 . | |
1819 .TP | |
1820 .B null\ \ \ | |
1821 Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. | |
1822 Use \-nosound for benchmarking. | |
1823 . | |
1824 .TP | |
1825 .B pcm (also see \-aofile) | |
1826 Raw PCM/\:wave file writer audio output. | |
1827 Writes the sound to ./audiodump.wav. | |
1828 . | |
1829 .TP | |
1830 .B plugin\ \ | |
1831 Plugin audio output driver. | |
1832 . | |
1833 . | |
1834 . | |
1835 .SH "VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)" | |
1836 . | |
1837 .TP | |
1838 .B \-aa* (\-vo aa only) | |
1839 You can get a list and an explanation of available options executing | |
1840 .I mplayer \-aahelp | |
1841 . | |
1842 .TP | |
1843 .B \-adapter <value> | |
1844 Set the graphics card that will receive the image. | |
1845 Needs the \-vm option to work. | |
1846 You can get a list of available cards when you run this option with \-v. | |
1847 Works currently only with \-vo directx. | |
1848 . | |
1849 .TP | |
1850 .B \-bpp <depth> | |
1851 Override the autodetected color depth. | |
1852 Only supported by the fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video output drivers. | |
1853 . | |
1854 .TP | |
1855 .B \-brightness <-100\-100> | |
1856 Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0). | |
1857 Not supported by all video output drivers. | |
1858 . | |
1859 .TP | |
1860 .B \-contrast <-100\-100> | |
1861 Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0). | |
1862 Not supported by all video output drivers. | |
1863 . | |
1864 .TP | |
1865 .B \-dfbopts <value> (\-vo directfb only) | |
1866 Specify a parameter list for the directfb video output driver. | |
1867 . | |
1868 .TP | |
1869 .B \-display <name> (X11 only) | |
1870 Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want to display | |
1871 on. | |
1872 .sp 1 | |
1873 .I EXAMPLE: | |
1874 .PD 0 | |
1875 .RSs | |
1876 \-display xtest.localdomain:0 | |
1877 .RE | |
1878 .PD 1 | |
1879 . | |
1880 .TP | |
1881 .B \-double | |
1882 Enables double buffering. | |
1883 Fixes flicker by storing two frames in memory, and displaying one while | |
1884 decoding another. | |
1885 Can affect OSD negatively, but often it removes OSD flickering. | |
1886 Needs twice the memory of a single buffer, so it won't work on cards with | |
1887 very little video memory. | |
1888 . | |
1889 .TP | |
1890 .B \-dr \ \ \ | |
1891 Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video outputs) | |
1892 .br | |
1893 .I WARNING: | |
1894 May cause OSD/\:SUB corruption! | |
1895 . | |
1896 .TP | |
1897 .B \-dxr2 <option1:option2:...> | |
1898 This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver. | |
1899 .RSs | |
1900 .IPs ar-mode=<value> | |
1901 aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 = letterbox (default)) | |
1902 .IPs iec958-encoded | |
1903 Set iec958 output mode to encoded. | |
1904 .IPs iec958-decoded | |
1905 Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default). | |
1906 .IPs macrovision=<value> | |
1907 macrovision mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2 colorstripe, | |
1908 3 = agc 4 colorstripe) | |
1909 .IPs mute\ | |
1910 mute sound output | |
1911 .IPs unmute | |
1912 unmute sound output | |
1913 .IPs ucode=<value> | |
1914 path to the microcode | |
1915 .RE | |
1916 .RS | |
1917 .sp 1 | |
1918 .I TV output | |
1919 .RE | |
1920 .RSs | |
1921 .IPs 75ire | |
1922 enable 7.5 IRE output mode | |
1923 .IPs no75ire | |
1924 disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default) | |
1925 .IPs bw\ \ \ | |
1926 b/\:w TV output | |
1927 .IPs color | |
1928 color TV output (default) | |
1929 .IPs interlaced | |
1930 interlaced TV output (default) | |
1931 .IPs nointerlaced | |
1932 disable interlaced TV output | |
1933 .IPs norm=<value> | |
1934 TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc) | |
1935 .IPs square-pixel | |
1936 set pixel mode to square | |
1937 .IPs ccir601-pixel | |
1938 set pixel mode to ccir601 | |
1939 .RE | |
1940 .RS | |
1941 .sp 1 | |
1942 .I overlay | |
1943 .RE | |
1944 .RSs | |
1945 .IPs cr-left=<0\-500> | |
1946 Set the left cropping value (default: 50). | |
1947 .IPs cr-right=<0\-500> | |
1948 Set the right cropping value (default: 300). | |
1949 .IPs cr-top=<0\-500> | |
1950 Set the top cropping value (default: 0). | |
1951 .IPs cr-bottom=<0\-500> | |
1952 Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0). | |
1953 .IPs ck-[r|g|b]=<0\-255> | |
1954 Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue) gain of the overlay color-key. | |
1955 .IPs ck-[r|g|b]min=<0\-255> | |
1956 minimum value for the respective color key | |
1957 .IPs ck-[r|g|b]max=<0\-255> | |
1958 maximum value for the respective color key | |
1959 .IPs ignore-cache | |
1960 Ignore cached overlay settings. | |
1961 .IPs update-cache | |
1962 Update cached overlay settings. | |
1963 .IPs ol-osd | |
1964 Enable overlay onscreen display. | |
1965 .IPs nool-osd | |
1966 Disable overlay onscreen display (default). | |
1967 .IPs ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20\-20> | |
1968 Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case it does not | |
1969 match the window perfectly (default: 0). | |
1970 .IPs overlay | |
1971 Activate overlay (default). | |
1972 .IPs nooverlay | |
1973 Activate TVout. | |
1974 .IPs overlay-ratio=<1\-2500> | |
1975 Tune the overlay (default: 1000). | |
1976 .RE | |
1977 . | |
1978 .TP | |
1979 .B \-fb <device> (\-vo fbdev or directfb only) (OBSOLETE) | |
1980 Specifies the framebuffer device to use (default: /dev/\:fb0). | |
1981 . | |
1982 .TP | |
1983 .B \-fbmode <modename> (\-vo fbdev only) | |
1984 Change video mode to the one that is labeled as <modename> in | |
1985 /etc/\:fb.modes. | |
1986 .br | |
1987 .I NOTE: | |
1988 VESA framebuffer doesn't support mode changing. | |
1989 . | |
1990 .TP | |
1991 .B \-fbmodeconfig <filename> (\-vo fbdev only) | |
1992 Override framebuffer mode configuration file (default: /etc/\:fb.modes). | |
1993 . | |
1994 .TP | |
1995 .B \-forcexv (\-vo sdl only) | |
1996 Force using XVideo through the sdl video output driver. | |
1997 . | |
1998 .TP | |
1999 .B \-fs (also see \-zoom) | |
2000 Fullscreen playback (centers movie, and paints black bands around it). | |
2001 Not supported by all video output drivers. | |
2002 . | |
2003 .TP | |
2004 .B \-fsmode-dontuse <0\-31> (OBSOLETE, use the \-fs option) | |
2005 Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems. | |
2006 . | |
2007 .TP | |
2008 .B \-fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only) | |
2009 Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used. | |
2010 You can negate the modes by prefixing them with '\-'. | |
2011 If you experience problems like the fullscreen window being covered | |
2012 by other windows try using a different order. | |
2013 .br | |
2014 .I NOTE: | |
2015 See \-fstype help for a full list of available modes. | |
2016 .sp 1 | |
2017 The available types are: | |
2018 .sp 1 | |
2019 .PD 0 | |
2020 .RSs | |
2021 .IPs above | |
2022 Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available. | |
2023 .IPs below | |
2024 Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available. | |
2025 .IPs fullscreen | |
2026 Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available. | |
2027 .IPs layer | |
2028 Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer. | |
2029 .IPs layer=<0...15> | |
2030 Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number. | |
2031 .IPs netwm | |
2032 Force NETWM style. | |
2033 .IPs none\ | |
2034 Do not set fullscreen window layer. | |
2035 .IPs stays_on_top | |
2036 Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available. | |
2037 .REss | |
2038 .sp 1 | |
2039 .RS | |
2040 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2041 .RE | |
2042 .PD 0 | |
2043 .RSs | |
2044 .IPs layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen | |
2045 Default order, will be used as a fallback if incorrect or | |
2046 unsupported modes are specified. | |
2047 .IPs \-fullscreen | |
2048 Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x. | |
2049 .RE | |
2050 .PD 1 | |
2051 . | |
2052 .TP | |
2053 .B \-geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+x+y] | |
2054 Adjust where the output is on the screen initially. | |
2055 The x and y specifications are in pixels measured from the top-left of the | |
2056 screen to the top-left of the image being displayed, however if a percentage | |
2057 sign is given after the argument it turns the value into a percentage of the | |
2058 screen size in that direction. | |
2059 It also supports the standard X11 \-geometry option format. | |
2060 .br | |
2061 .I NOTE: | |
2062 This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc, xvidix, | |
2063 directx and tdfxfb video output drivers. | |
2064 .sp 1 | |
2065 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2066 .PD 0 | |
2067 .RSs | |
2068 .IPs 50:40 | |
2069 Places the window at x=50, y=40. | |
2070 .IPs 50%:50% | |
2071 Places the window in the middle of the screen. | |
2072 .IPs 100%\ | |
2073 Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the screen. | |
2074 .IPs 100%:100% | |
2075 Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen. | |
2076 .RE | |
2077 .PD 1 | |
2078 . | |
2079 .TP | |
2080 .B \-guiwid <window\ ID> (also see \-wid) (GUI only) | |
2081 This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to the bottom | |
2082 of the video, which is useful to embed a mini-GUI in a browser (with the | |
2083 MPlayer plugin for instance). | |
2084 . | |
2085 .TP | |
2086 .B \-hue <-100\-100> | |
2087 Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0). | |
2088 You can get a colored negative of the image with this option. | |
2089 Not supported by all video output drivers. | |
2090 . | |
2091 .TP | |
2092 .B \-monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (\-vo fbdev and vesa only) | |
2093 Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor. | |
2094 . | |
2095 .TP | |
2096 .B \-monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (\-vo fbdev and vesa only) | |
2097 Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor. | |
2098 . | |
2099 .TP | |
2100 .B \-monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (\-vo fbdev and vesa only) | |
2101 Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor. | |
2102 . | |
2103 .TP | |
2104 .B \-monitoraspect <ratio> (also see \-aspect) | |
2105 Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen. | |
2106 .sp 1 | |
2107 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2108 .PD 0 | |
2109 .RSs | |
2110 \-monitoraspect 4:3 or 1.3333 | |
2111 .br | |
2112 \-monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777 | |
2113 .RE | |
2114 .PD 1 | |
2115 . | |
2116 .TP | |
2117 .B \-nograbpointer | |
2118 Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode change (\-vm). | |
2119 Useful for multihead setups. | |
2120 . | |
2121 .TP | |
2122 .B \-nokeepaspect | |
2123 Do not keep window aspect ratio when resizing windows. | |
2124 Only works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output drivers. | |
2125 Furthermore under X11 your window manager has to honor window aspect hints. | |
2126 . | |
2127 .TP | |
2128 .B \-noxv (\-vo sdl only) | |
2129 Disables using XVideo through the sdl video output driver. | |
2130 . | |
2131 .TP | |
2132 .B \-ontop\ | |
2133 Makes the player window stay on top of other windows. | |
2134 Supported by video output drivers which use X11, except SDL, | |
2135 as well as directx and gl2. | |
2136 . | |
2137 .TP | |
2138 .B \-panscan <0.0\-1.0> | |
2139 Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g.\& a 16:9 | |
2140 movie to make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands). | |
2141 The range controls how much of the image is cropped. | |
2142 Only works with the xv, xmga, mga, gl and xvidix video output drivers. | |
2143 . | |
2144 .TP | |
2145 .B \-refreshrate <Hz> | |
2146 Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz. | |
2147 Currently only supported by \-vo directx combined with the \-vm option. | |
2148 . | |
2149 .TP | |
2150 .B \-rootwin | |
2151 Play movie in the root window (desktop background). | |
2152 Desktop background images may cover the movie window, though. | |
2153 Only works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz and directx video output drivers. | |
2154 . | |
2155 .TP | |
2156 .B \-saturation <-100\-100> | |
2157 Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0). | |
2158 You can get grayscale output with this option. | |
2159 Not supported by all video output drivers. | |
2160 . | |
2161 .TP | |
2162 .B \-screenh <pixels> | |
2163 Specify the vertical screen resolution for video output drivers which | |
2164 do not know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TVout. | |
2165 . | |
2166 .TP | |
2167 .B \-screenw <pixels> | |
2168 Specify the horizontal screen resolution for video output drivers which | |
2169 do not know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TVout. | |
2170 . | |
2171 .TP | |
2172 .B \-stop-xscreensaver (X11 only) | |
2173 Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit. | |
2174 . | |
2175 .TP | |
2176 .B \-vm \ \ \ | |
2177 Try to change to a different video mode. | |
2178 Supported by the dga, x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers. | |
2179 If used with the directx video output driver the \-screenw, | |
2180 \-screenh, \-bpp and \-refreshrate options can be used to set | |
2181 the new display mode. | |
2182 . | |
2183 .TP | |
2184 .B \-vsync \ \ | |
2185 Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers. | |
2186 . | |
2187 .TP | |
2188 .B \-wid <window\ ID> (also see \-guiwid) (X11 only) | |
2189 This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing X11 window. | |
2190 Useful to embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g.\& the plugger extension). | |
2191 . | |
2192 .TP | |
2193 .B \-xineramascreen <0\-...> | |
2194 In Xinerama configurations (i.e.\& a single desktop that spans across multiple | |
2195 displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen to display movie on. | |
2196 . | |
2197 .TP | |
2198 .B \-z <0\-9> (\-vo png only) | |
2199 Specifies the compression level of the png video output driver. | |
2200 0 is no compression, 9 is the maximum compression. | |
2201 . | |
2202 .TP | |
2203 .B \-zrbw (\-vo zr only) | |
2204 Display in black and white. | |
2205 For optimal performance, this can be combined with '\-lavdopts gray'. | |
2206 . | |
2207 .TP | |
2208 .B \-zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (\-vo zr only) | |
2209 Select a part of the input image to display, multiple occurences | |
2210 of this option switch on cinerama mode. | |
2211 In cinerama mode the movie is distributed over more than one TV | |
2212 (or beamer) to create a larger image. | |
2213 Options appearing after the n-th \-zrcrop apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each | |
2214 card should at least have a \-zrdev in addition to the \-zrcrop. | |
2215 For examples, see the output of \-zrhelp and the Zr section of the | |
2216 documentation. | |
2217 . | |
2218 .TP | |
2219 .B \-zrdev <device> (\-vo zr only) | |
2220 Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card, by default | |
2221 the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device it can find. | |
2222 . | |
2223 .TP | |
2224 .B \-zrfd (\-vo zr only) | |
2225 Force decimation: Decimation, as specified by \-zrhdec and \-zrvdec, only | |
2226 happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the image to its original size. | |
2227 Use this option to force decimation. | |
2228 . | |
2229 .TP | |
2230 .B \-zrhdec <1,2,4> (\-vo zr only) | |
2231 Horizontal decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th | |
2232 line/\:pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the scaler | |
2233 of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original size. | |
2234 . | |
2235 .TP | |
2236 .B \-zrhelp (\-vo zr only) | |
2237 Display a list of all \-zr* options, their default values and a | |
2238 cinerama mode example. | |
2239 . | |
2240 .TP | |
2241 .B \-zrnorm <norm> (\-vo zr only) | |
2242 Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change). | |
2243 . | |
2244 .TP | |
2245 .B \-zrquality <1\-20> (\-vo zr only) | |
2246 A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG encoding quality. | |
2247 . | |
2248 .TP | |
2249 .B \-zrvdec <1,2,4> (\-vo zr only) | |
2250 Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th | |
2251 line/\:pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the scaler | |
2252 of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original size. | |
2253 . | |
2254 .TP | |
2255 .B \-zrxdoff <x display offset> (\-vo zr only) | |
2256 If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies the x | |
2257 offset from the upper-left corner of the TV screen (default: centered). | |
2258 . | |
2259 .TP | |
2260 .B \-zrydoff <y display offset> (\-vo zr only) | |
2261 If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies the y | |
2262 offset from the upper-left corner of the TV screen (default: centered). | |
2263 . | |
2264 . | |
2265 . | |
2266 .SH "VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)" | |
2267 Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. | |
2268 The syntax is: | |
2269 . | |
2270 .TP | |
2271 .B \-vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]> | |
2272 Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used. | |
2273 .PP | |
2274 If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not | |
2275 contained in the list. | |
2276 Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted. | |
2277 .br | |
2278 .I NOTE: | |
2279 See \-vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers. | |
2280 .sp 1 | |
2281 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2282 .PD 0 | |
2283 .RSs | |
2284 .IPs "\-vo xmga,xv," | |
2285 Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then others. | |
2286 .IPs "\-vo directx:noaccel" | |
2287 Uses the DirectX driver with acceleration features turned off. | |
2288 .RE | |
2289 .PD 1 | |
2290 .sp 1 | |
2291 Available video output drivers are: | |
2292 . | |
2293 .TP | |
2294 .B xv (X11 only) | |
2295 Uses the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware | |
2296 accelerated playback. | |
2297 If you cannot use a hardware specific driver, this is probably | |
2298 the best option. | |
2299 .PD 0 | |
2300 .RSs | |
2301 .IPs port=<number> | |
2302 Select a specific XVideo port. | |
2303 .RE | |
2304 .PD 1 | |
2305 . | |
2306 .TP | |
2307 .B x11 (X11 only) | |
2308 Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that | |
2309 works whenever X11 is present. | |
2310 . | |
2311 .TP | |
2312 .B xover (X11 only) | |
2313 Adds X11 support to all overlay based video output drivers. | |
2314 Currently only supported by tdfx_vid. | |
2315 .PD 0 | |
2316 .RSs | |
2317 .IPs <vo_driver> | |
2318 Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top of X11. | |
2319 .RE | |
2320 .PD 1 | |
2321 . | |
2322 .TP | |
2323 .B xvmc (X11 with \-vc ffmpeg12mc only) | |
2324 Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensation) | |
2325 extension of XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG1/\:2 and VCR2 decoding. | |
2326 .PD 0 | |
2327 .RSs | |
2328 .IPs benchmark | |
2329 Disables image display. | |
2330 Necessary for proper benchmarking of drivers that change | |
2331 image buffers on monitor retrace only (nVidia). | |
2332 .IPs queue | |
2333 Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work of the video hardware. | |
2334 May add a small (not noticeable) constant A/\:V desync. | |
2335 .IPs sleep | |
2336 Use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish | |
2337 (not recomended on Linux). | |
2338 .IPs wait\ | |
2339 Do not use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish | |
2340 (default). | |
2341 .RE | |
2342 .PD 1 | |
2343 . | |
2344 .TP | |
2345 .B dga (X11 only) | |
2346 Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension. | |
2347 Considered obsolete. | |
2348 . | |
2349 .TP | |
2350 .B sdl (also see \-forcexv, \-noxv) (SDL only) | |
2351 Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) library | |
2352 video output driver. | |
2353 Since SDL uses its own X11 layer, MPlayer X11 options do not have | |
2354 any effect on SDL. | |
2355 .PD 0 | |
2356 .RSs | |
2357 .IPs <driver> | |
2358 Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use. | |
2359 .RE | |
2360 .PD 1 | |
2361 . | |
2362 .TP | |
2363 .B vidix\ \ | |
2364 VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for *niX) is an interface to the | |
2365 video acceleration features of different graphics cards. | |
2366 Very fast video output driver on cards that support it. | |
2367 .PD 0 | |
2368 .RSs | |
2369 .IPs <subdevice> | |
2370 Explicitly choose the VIDIX subdevice driver to use. | |
2371 Available subdevice drivers are cyberblade_vid, mach64_vid, mga_crtc2_vid, | |
2372 mga_vid, nvidia_vid, pm3_vid, radeon_vid, rage128_vid and sis_vid. | |
2373 .RE | |
2374 .PD 1 | |
2375 . | |
2376 .TP | |
2377 .B xvidix (X11 only) | |
2378 X11 frontend for VIDIX | |
2379 .PD 0 | |
2380 .RSs | |
2381 .IPs <subdevice> | |
2382 same as vidix | |
2383 .RE | |
2384 .PD 1 | |
2385 . | |
2386 .TP | |
2387 .B cvidix\ | |
2388 Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in a | |
2389 textconsole with nVidia cards. | |
2390 .PD 0 | |
2391 .RSs | |
2392 .IPs <subdevice> | |
2393 same as vidix | |
2394 .RE | |
2395 .PD 1 | |
2396 . | |
2397 .TP | |
2398 .B winvidix (Windows only) | |
2399 Windows frontend for VIDIX | |
2400 .PD 0 | |
2401 .RSs | |
2402 .IPs <subdevice> | |
2403 same as vidix | |
2404 .RE | |
2405 .PD 1 | |
2406 . | |
2407 .TP | |
2408 .B directx (Windows only) | |
2409 Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface. | |
2410 .PD 0 | |
2411 .RSs | |
2412 .IPs noaccel | |
2413 Turns off hardware acceleration. | |
2414 Try this option if you have display problems. | |
2415 .RE | |
2416 .PD 1 | |
2417 . | |
2418 .TP | |
2419 .B quartz (Mac OS X only) | |
2420 Mac OS X Quartz video output driver. | |
2421 Under some circumstances, it might be more efficient to force a | |
2422 packed YUV output format, with e.g.\& \-vf format=yuy2. | |
2423 .PD 0 | |
2424 .RSs | |
2425 .IPs device_id=<number> | |
2426 Choose the display device to use in fullscreen. | |
2427 .RE | |
2428 .PD 1 | |
2429 . | |
2430 .TP | |
2431 .B fbdev (Linux only) | |
2432 Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video. | |
2433 .PD 0 | |
2434 .RSs | |
2435 .IPs <device> | |
2436 Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (e.g.\& /dev/\:fb0) or the | |
2437 name of the VIDIX subdevice if the device name starts with 'vidix' | |
2438 (e.g.\& 'vidixsis_vid' for the sis driver). | |
2439 .RE | |
2440 .PD 1 | |
2441 . | |
2442 .TP | |
2443 .B fbdev2 (Linux only) | |
2444 Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, | |
2445 alternative implementation. | |
2446 .PD 0 | |
2447 .RSs | |
2448 .IPs <device> | |
2449 Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/\:fb0). | |
2450 .RE | |
2451 .PD 1 | |
2452 . | |
2453 .TP | |
2454 .B vesa\ \ \ | |
2455 Very general video output driver that should work on any VESA VBE 2.0 | |
2456 compatible card. | |
2457 .PD 0 | |
2458 .RSs | |
2459 .IPs dga\ \ | |
2460 Turns on DGA mode. | |
2461 .IPs nodga | |
2462 Turns off DGA mode. | |
2463 .IPs neotv_pal | |
2464 Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm. | |
2465 .IPs neotv_ntsc | |
2466 Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm. | |
2467 .IPs vidix | |
2468 Use the VIDIX driver. | |
2469 .IPs lvo:\ \ \ | |
2470 Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode. | |
2471 .RE | |
2472 .PD 1 | |
2473 . | |
2474 .TP | |
2475 .B svga\ \ \ | |
2476 Play video using the SVGA library. | |
2477 .PD 0 | |
2478 .RSs | |
2479 .IPs "<video mode>" | |
2480 Specify video mode to use. | |
2481 The mode can be given in a <width>x<height>x<colors> format, | |
2482 e.g.\& 640x480x16M or be a graphics mode number, e.g.\& 84. | |
2483 .IPs bbosd | |
2484 Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower). | |
2485 .IPs native | |
2486 Use only native drawing functions. | |
2487 This avoids direct rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration. | |
2488 .IPs retrace | |
2489 Force frame switch on vertical retrace. | |
2490 Usable only with \-double. | |
2491 It has the same effect as the \-vsync option. | |
2492 .IPs sq\ \ \ | |
2493 Try to select a video mode with square pixels. | |
2494 .IPs vidix | |
2495 Use svga with VIDIX. | |
2496 .RE | |
2497 .PD 1 | |
2498 . | |
2499 .TP | |
2500 .B gl\ \ \ \ \ | |
2501 OpenGL video output driver. | |
2502 Simple version, video size must be smaller than | |
2503 the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementation. | |
2504 Intended to work even with the most simple OpenGL implementations. | |
2505 .PD 0 | |
2506 .RSs | |
2507 .IPs (no)manyfmts | |
2508 Enables support for more (RGB and BGR) color formats. | |
2509 Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2. | |
2510 .IPs slice-height=<0\-...> | |
2511 Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default: 4). | |
2512 0 for whole image. | |
2513 .IPs (no)osd | |
2514 Enable or disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL (default: enabled). | |
2515 Mostly for testing, you should use \-osdlevel 0 to disable OSD. | |
2516 .IPs (no)scaled-osd | |
2517 Changes the way the OSD behaves when the size of the | |
2518 window changes (default: disabled). | |
2519 When enabled behaves more like the other video output drivers, | |
2520 which is better for fixed-size fonts. | |
2521 Disabled looks much better with FreeType fonts and uses the | |
2522 borders in fullscreen mode. | |
2523 .IPs (no)aspect | |
2524 Enable or disable aspect scaling and pan-and-scan support (default: enabled). | |
2525 Disabling might increase speed. | |
2526 .RE | |
2527 .PD 1 | |
2528 . | |
2529 .TP | |
2530 .B gl2\ \ \ \ | |
2531 OpenGL video output driver, second generation. | |
2532 Supports OSD and videos larger than the maximum texture size. | |
2533 . | |
2534 .TP | |
2535 .B null\ \ \ | |
2536 Produces no video output. | |
2537 Useful for benchmarking. | |
2538 . | |
2539 .TP | |
2540 .B aa (also see \-aa*) | |
2541 ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console. | |
2542 . | |
2543 .TP | |
2544 .B caca\ \ \ | |
2545 Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console. | |
2546 . | |
2547 .TP | |
2548 .B bl\ \ \ \ \ | |
2549 Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol. | |
2550 This driver is highly hardware specific. | |
2551 .PD 0 | |
2552 .RSs | |
2553 .IPs <subdevice> | |
2554 Explicitly choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver to use. | |
2555 It's something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or | |
2556 hdl:file=name1,file=name2. | |
2557 You must specify a subdevice. | |
2558 .RE | |
2559 .PD 1 | |
2560 . | |
2561 .TP | |
2562 .B ggi\ \ \ \ | |
2563 GGI graphics system video output driver | |
2564 .PD 0 | |
2565 .RSs | |
2566 .IPs <driver> | |
2567 Explicitly choose the GGI driver to use. | |
2568 .RE | |
2569 .PD 1 | |
2570 . | |
2571 .TP | |
2572 .B directfb | |
2573 Play video using the DirectFB library. | |
2574 .PD 0 | |
2575 .RSs | |
2576 .IPs (no)input | |
2577 Use the DirectFB instead of the MPlayer keyboard code (default: enabled). | |
2578 .IPs buffermode=single|double|triple | |
2579 Double and triple buffering give best results if you want to avoid tearing issues. | |
2580 Triple buffering is more efficent than double buffering as it doesn't block MPlayer | |
2581 while waiting for the vertical retrace. | |
2582 Single buffering should be avoided (default: single). | |
2583 .IPs fieldparity=top|bottom | |
2584 Control the output order for interlaced frames (default: disabled). | |
2585 Valid values are top = top fields first, bottom = bottom fields first. | |
2586 This option doesn't have any effect on progressive film material | |
2587 like most MPEG movies are. | |
2588 You need to enable this option if you have tearing issues/\:unsmooth | |
2589 motions watching interlaced film material. | |
2590 .IPs layer=N | |
2591 Will force layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 - auto). | |
2592 .RE | |
2593 .PD 1 | |
2594 . | |
2595 .TP | |
2596 .B dfbmga\ | |
2597 Matrox G400/\:G450/\:G550 specific video output driver that uses the | |
2598 DirectFB library to make use of special hardware features. | |
2599 Enables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently of the first head. | |
2600 .PD 0 | |
2601 .RSs | |
2602 .IPs (no)bes | |
2603 Enable the use of the Matrox BES (backend scaler) (default: disabled). | |
2604 Gives very good results concerning speed and output quality as interpolated | |
2605 picture processing is done in hardware. | |
2606 Works only on the primary head. | |
2607 .IPs (no)spic | |
2608 Make use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the OSD (default: enabled). | |
2609 .IPs (no)crtc2 | |
2610 Turn on TV-out on the second head (default: enabled). | |
2611 The output quality is amazing as it's a full interlaced picture | |
2612 with proper sync to every odd/\:even field. | |
2613 .IPs (no)input | |
2614 Use the DirectFB instead of the MPlayer keyboard code (default: disabled). | |
2615 .IPs buffermode=single|double|triple | |
2616 Double and triple buffering give best results if you want to avoid tearing issues. | |
2617 Triple buffering is more efficent than double buffering as it doesn't block MPlayer | |
2618 while waiting for the vertical retrace. | |
2619 Single buffering should be avoided (default: triple). | |
2620 .IPs fieldparity=top|bottom | |
2621 Control the output order for interlaced frames (default: disabled). | |
2622 Valid values are top = top fields first, bottom = bottom fields first. | |
2623 This option doesn't have any effect on progressive film material | |
2624 like most MPEG movies are. | |
2625 You need to enable this option if you have tearing issues/\:unsmooth | |
2626 motions watching interlaced film material. | |
2627 .IPs tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto | |
2628 Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need | |
2629 for modifying /etc/\:directfbrc (default: disabled). | |
2630 Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC. | |
2631 Special norm is auto (auto-adjust using PAL/\:NTSC) because it decides | |
2632 which norm to use by looking at the framerate of the movie. | |
2633 .RE | |
2634 .PD 1 | |
2635 . | |
2636 .TP | |
2637 .B mga (Linux only) | |
2638 Matrox specific video output driver that makes use of the YUV back | |
2639 end scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module. | |
2640 If you have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option. | |
2641 .PD 0 | |
2642 .RSs | |
2643 .IPs <device> | |
2644 Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use (default: /dev/\:mga_vid). | |
2645 .RE | |
2646 .PD 1 | |
2647 . | |
2648 .TP | |
2649 .B xmga (Linux, X11 only) | |
2650 The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window. | |
2651 .PD 0 | |
2652 .RSs | |
2653 .IPs <device> | |
2654 Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use (default: /dev/\:mga_vid). | |
2655 .RE | |
2656 .PD 1 | |
2657 . | |
2658 .TP | |
2659 .B syncfb\ | |
2660 Video output driver for the SyncFB kernel module, which provides | |
2661 special hardware features of Matrox Gxxx cards like hardware | |
2662 deinterlacing, scaling and synchronizing your video output to | |
2663 the vertical retrace of your monitor. | |
2664 . | |
2665 .TP | |
2666 .B 3dfx (Linux only) | |
2667 3Dfx specific video output driver. | |
2668 This driver directly uses the 3Dfx hardware on top of X11. | |
2669 Only 16 bpp are supported. | |
2670 FIXME: It' ok the difference between 3dfx, tdfxfb and tdfx_vid? | |
2671 . | |
2672 .TP | |
2673 .B tdfxfb (Linux only) | |
2674 This driver employs the tdfx framebuffer driver to play movies with | |
2675 YUV acceleration on 3Dfx cards. | |
2676 FIXME: It' ok the difference between 3dfx, tdfxfb and tdfx_vid? | |
2677 .PD 0 | |
2678 .RSs | |
2679 .IPs <device> | |
2680 Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/\:fb0). | |
2681 .RE | |
2682 .PD 1 | |
2683 . | |
2684 .TP | |
2685 .B tdfx_vid (Linux only) | |
2686 3Dfx specific video output driver. | |
2687 This driver directly uses the tdfx_vid kernel module. | |
2688 FIXME: It' ok the difference between 3dfx, tdfxfb and tdfx_vid? | |
2689 .PD 0 | |
2690 .RSs | |
2691 .IPs <device> | |
2692 Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/\:tdfx_vid). | |
2693 .RE | |
2694 .PD 1 | |
2695 . | |
2696 .TP | |
2697 .B dxr2 (also see \-dxr2) (DXR2 only) | |
2698 Creative DXR2 specific video output driver. | |
2699 .PD 0 | |
2700 .RSs | |
2701 .IPs <vo_driver> | |
2702 Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv). | |
2703 .RE | |
2704 .PD 1 | |
2705 . | |
2706 .TP | |
2707 .B dxr3 (DXR3 only) | |
2708 Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma Designs | |
2709 Hollywood Plus) specific video output driver. | |
2710 Also see the lavc video filter. | |
2711 .PD 0 | |
2712 .RSs | |
2713 .IPs overlay | |
2714 Activates the overlay instead of TVOut. | |
2715 .IPs prebuf | |
2716 Turns on prebuffering. | |
2717 .IPs sync\ | |
2718 Will turn on the new sync-engine. | |
2719 .IPs norm=<norm> | |
2720 Specifies the TV norm. | |
2721 .RSss | |
2722 0: Does not change current norm (default). | |
2723 .br | |
2724 1: Auto-adjust using PAL/\:NTSC. | |
2725 .br | |
2726 2: Auto-adjust using PAL/\:PAL-60. | |
2727 .br | |
2728 3: PAL | |
2729 .br | |
2730 4: PAL-60 | |
2731 .br | |
2732 5: NTSC | |
2733 .REss | |
2734 .IPs <0\-3> | |
2735 Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one em8300 card. | |
2736 .RE | |
2737 .PD 1 | |
2738 . | |
2739 .TP | |
2740 .B mpegpes (DVB only) | |
2741 Video output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file | |
2742 if no DVB card is installed. | |
2743 .PD 0 | |
2744 .RSs | |
2745 .IPs card=<1\-4> | |
2746 Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one DVB output card | |
2747 (V3 API only, such as 1.x.y series drivers). | |
2748 .IPs <filename> | |
2749 Allows specifying the output filename (default: ./grab.mpg). | |
2750 .RE | |
2751 .PD 1 | |
2752 . | |
2753 .TP | |
2754 .B zr (also see \-zr* and \-zrhelp) | |
2755 Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/\:playback cards. | |
2756 . | |
2757 .TP | |
2758 .B zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter) | |
2759 Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/\:playback cards, | |
2760 second generation. | |
2761 .PD 0 | |
2762 .RSs | |
2763 .IPs dev=<device> | |
2764 Specifies the device to use. | |
2765 .IPs pal\ \ | |
2766 Activate PAL video norm. | |
2767 .IPs secam | |
2768 Activate SECAM video norm. | |
2769 .IPs ntsc\ | |
2770 Activate NTSC video norm. | |
2771 .IPs prebuf | |
2772 Activate prebuffering, not yet supported. | |
2773 .RE | |
2774 .PD 1 | |
2775 . | |
2776 .TP | |
2777 .B md5sum\ | |
2778 Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file. | |
2779 Supports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces. | |
2780 Useful for debugging. | |
2781 .PD 0 | |
2782 .RSs | |
2783 .IPs outfile=<value> | |
2784 Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums). | |
2785 .RE | |
2786 .PD 1 | |
2787 . | |
2788 .TP | |
2789 .B yuv4mpeg | |
2790 Transforms the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV 4:2:0 | |
2791 images and stores it in a file called 'stream.yuv' in the current | |
2792 directory. | |
2793 The format is the same as the one employed by mjpegtools, so this is | |
2794 useful if you want to process the video with the mjpegtools suite. | |
2795 It supports the YV12, RGB (24 bpp) and BGR (24 bpp) format. | |
2796 .PD 0 | |
2797 .RSs | |
2798 .IPs interlaced | |
2799 Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first. | |
2800 .IPs interlaced_bf | |
2801 Write the output as interlaced frames, bottom field first. | |
2802 .REss | |
2803 .PD 1 | |
2804 .RS | |
2805 .sp 1 | |
2806 .I NOTE: | |
2807 If you don't specify any option the output is progressive | |
2808 (i.e.\& not interlaced). | |
2809 .RE | |
2810 . | |
2811 .TP | |
2812 .B gif89a\ | |
2813 Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current directory. | |
2814 It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the output is converted to 256 | |
2815 colors. | |
2816 .PD 0 | |
2817 .RSs | |
2818 .IPs <fps> | |
2819 Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0). | |
2820 .IPs <filename> | |
2821 Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif). | |
2822 .REss | |
2823 .PD 1 | |
2824 .RS | |
2825 .sp 1 | |
2826 .I NOTE: | |
2827 You must specify the framerate before the filename or the framerate will | |
2828 be part of the filename. | |
2829 .sp 1 | |
2830 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2831 .RE | |
2832 .PD 0 | |
2833 .RSs | |
2834 mplayer video.nut \-vo gif89a:15.0:test.gif | |
2835 .RE | |
2836 .PD 1 | |
2837 . | |
2838 .TP | |
2839 .B jpeg\ \ \ | |
2840 Output each frame into a JPEG file in the current directory. | |
2841 Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name. | |
2842 .PD 0 | |
2843 .RSs | |
2844 .IPs [no]progressive | |
2845 Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: noprogressive). | |
2846 .IPs [no]baseline | |
2847 Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline). | |
2848 .IPs optimize=<0\-100> | |
2849 optimization factor (default: 100) | |
2850 .IPs smooth=<0\-100> | |
2851 smooth factor (default: 0) | |
2852 .IPs quality=<0\-100> | |
2853 quality factor (default: 75) | |
2854 .IPs outdir=<dirname> | |
2855 Specify the directory to save the JPEG files to (default: ./). | |
2856 .IPs subdirs=<prefix> | |
2857 Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix to | |
2858 save the files in instead of the current directory. | |
2859 .IPs maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only) | |
2860 Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory. | |
2861 Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000). | |
2862 .RE | |
2863 .PD 1 | |
2864 . | |
2865 .TP | |
2866 .B pnm\ \ \ \ | |
2867 Output each frame into a PNM file in the current directory. | |
2868 Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name. | |
2869 It supports PPM, PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and ASCII mode. | |
2870 Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5). | |
2871 .PD 0 | |
2872 .RSs | |
2873 .IPs ppm | |
2874 Write PPM files (default). | |
2875 .IPs pgm | |
2876 Write PGM files. | |
2877 .IPs pgmyuv | |
2878 Write PGMYUV files. | |
2879 PGMYUV is like PGM, but it also contains the U and V plane, appended at the | |
2880 bottom of the picture. | |
2881 .IPs raw | |
2882 Write PNM files in raw mode (default). | |
2883 .IPs ascii | |
2884 Write PNM files in ASCII mode. | |
2885 .IPs outdir=<dirname> | |
2886 Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default: ./). | |
2887 .IPs subdirs=<prefix> | |
2888 Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix to | |
2889 save the files in instead of the current directory. | |
2890 .IPs maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only) | |
2891 Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory. | |
2892 Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000). | |
2893 .RE | |
2894 .PD 1 | |
2895 . | |
2896 .TP | |
2897 .B png (also see \-z) | |
2898 Output each frame into a PNG file in the current directory. | |
2899 Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name. | |
2900 24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported. | |
2901 . | |
2902 .TP | |
2903 .B tga\ \ \ \ | |
2904 Output each frame into a Targa file in the current directory. | |
2905 Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name. | |
2906 The purpose of this video output driver is to have a simple lossless | |
2907 image writer to use without any external library. | |
2908 It supports the BGR[A] color format, with 15, 24 and 32 bpp. | |
2909 You can force a particular format with the format video filter. | |
2910 .sp 1 | |
2911 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2912 .RE | |
2913 .PD 0 | |
2914 .RSs | |
2915 mplayer video.nut \-vf format=bgr15 \-vo tga | |
2916 .RE | |
2917 .PD 1 | |
2918 . | |
2919 . | |
2920 . | |
2921 .SH "DECODING/\:FILTERING OPTIONS" | |
2922 . | |
2923 .TP | |
2924 .B \-ac <[-]codec1,[-]codec2,...[,]> | |
2925 Specify a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to their codec | |
2926 name in codecs.conf. | |
2927 Use a '-' before the codec name to omit it. | |
2928 If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on codecs not | |
2929 contained in the list. | |
2930 .br | |
2931 .I NOTE: | |
2932 See \-ac help for a full list of available codecs. | |
2933 .sp 1 | |
2934 .I EXAMPLE: | |
2935 .PD 0 | |
2936 .RSs | |
2937 .IPs "\-ac mp3acm" | |
2938 Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec. | |
2939 .IPs "\-ac mad," | |
2940 Try libmad first, then fall back on others. | |
2941 .IPs "\-ac hwac3,a52," | |
2942 Try hardware AC3 passthrough, software AC3, then others. | |
2943 .IPs "\-ac -ffmp3," | |
2944 Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder. | |
2945 .RE | |
2946 .PD 1 | |
2947 . | |
2948 .TP | |
2949 .B \-af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...> | |
2950 Activate a comma separated list of audio filters and their options. | |
2951 Also see the audio filters section of the documentation. | |
2952 .br | |
2953 .I NOTE: | |
2954 To get a full list of available audio filters, see \-af help. | |
2955 .sp 1 | |
2956 Available filters are: | |
2957 .RSs | |
2958 .IPs resample[=srate[:sloppy][:type]] | |
2959 Changes the sample rate of the audio stream to an integer srate in Hz. | |
2960 It only supports the 16-bit little-endian format. | |
2961 With MEncoder, you need to also use \-srate <srate>. | |
2962 .IPs channels[=nch] | |
2963 Change the number of channels to nch output channels. | |
2964 If the number of output channels is bigger than the number of input channels | |
2965 empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to stereo, then | |
2966 the mono channel is repeated in both of the output channels). | |
2967 If the number of output channels is smaller than the number of input channels | |
2968 the exceeding channels are truncated. | |
2969 .IPs format[=bps:f] | |
2970 Select the bytes per sample and the format used for output from the | |
2971 filter layer. | |
2972 The option bps is an integer and denotes Bytes per sample. | |
2973 The format f is a string containing a concatenated mix of: | |
2974 .br | |
2975 alaw, mulaw or imaadpcm | |
2976 .br | |
2977 float or int | |
2978 .br | |
2979 unsigned or signed | |
2980 .br | |
2981 le or be (little- or big-endian) | |
2982 .br | |
2983 .IPs volume[=v:sc] | |
2984 Select the output volume level. | |
2985 This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled once for every | |
2986 audio stream. | |
2987 .RSss | |
2988 v: Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream | |
2989 from -200dB to +60dB (where -200dB mutes the sound | |
2990 completely and +60dB equals a gain of 1000). | |
2991 .br | |
2992 sc: Enable soft clipping. | |
2993 .REss | |
2994 .IPs pan[=n:l01:l02:...l10:l11:l12:...ln0:ln1:ln2:...] | |
2995 Mixes channels arbitrarily, see DOCS/\:HTML/\:en/\:devices.html#audio-dev for details. | |
2996 .RSss | |
2997 n: number of input channels (1\-6) | |
2998 .br | |
2999 lij: How much of input channel j is mixed into output channel i. | |
3000 .REss | |
3001 .IPs sub[=fc:ch] | |
3002 Add subwoofer channel. | |
3003 .RSss | |
3004 fc: cutoff frequency for low-pass filter (20Hz to 300Hz) (default: 60Hz) | |
3005 .br | |
3006 ch: channel number for the sub-channel | |
3007 .REss | |
3008 .IPs surround[=d] | |
3009 Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound, works on many 2 channel files. | |
3010 .RSss | |
3011 d: delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0ms to 1000ms) (default: 15ms) | |
3012 .REss | |
3013 .IPs delay[=ch1:ch2:...] | |
3014 Delays the sound output. | |
3015 Specify the delay separately for each channel in milliseconds (floating point | |
3016 number between 0 and 1000). | |
3017 .IPs export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]] | |
3018 Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory mapping (mmap()). | |
3019 .RSss | |
3020 mmapped_file: file to map data to (default: ~/.mplayer/\:mplayer-af_export) | |
3021 .br | |
3022 nsamples: number of samples per channel (default: 512) | |
3023 .REss | |
3024 .IPs extrastereo[=mul] | |
3025 Increases the difference between left and right channels to add some | |
3026 sort of "live" effect to playback. | |
3027 .RSss | |
3028 mul: difference coefficient (default: 2.5) | |
3029 .REss | |
3030 .IPs volnorm | |
3031 Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound. | |
3032 .RE | |
3033 . | |
3034 .TP | |
3035 .B \-af-adv <force=(0\-3):list=(filters)> (also see \-af) | |
3036 Specify advanced audio filter options: | |
3037 .RSs | |
3038 .IPs force=<0\-3> | |
3039 Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the following: | |
3040 .RSss | |
3041 0: completely automatic filter insertion (default) | |
3042 .br | |
3043 1: Optimize for accuracy. | |
3044 .br | |
3045 2: Optimize for speed. | |
3046 .br | |
3047 3: Turn off automatic filter insertion. | |
3048 .REss | |
3049 .IPs list=<filters> | |
3050 Same as \-af. | |
3051 .RE | |
3052 . | |
3053 .TP | |
3054 .B \-afm <driver1,driver2,...> | |
3055 Specify a priority list of audio codec families to be used, according | |
3056 to their codec name in codecs.conf. | |
3057 Falls back on the default codecs if none of the given codec families work. | |
3058 .br | |
3059 .I NOTE: | |
3060 See \-afm help for a full list of available codec families. | |
3061 .sp 1 | |
3062 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3063 .PD 0 | |
3064 .RSs | |
3065 .IPs "\-afm ffmpeg" | |
3066 Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first. | |
3067 .IPs "\-afm acm,dshow" | |
3068 Try Win32 codecs first. | |
3069 .RE | |
3070 .PD 1 | |
3071 . | |
3072 .TP | |
3073 .B \-aspect <ratio> | |
3074 Override movie aspect ratio. | |
3075 It is autodetected for MPEG files, but it cannot be done for most AVI files. | |
3076 .sp 1 | |
3077 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3078 .PD 0 | |
3079 .RSs | |
3080 \-aspect 4:3 or \-aspect 1.3333 | |
3081 .br | |
3082 \-aspect 16:9 or \-aspect 1.7777 | |
3083 .RE | |
3084 .PD 1 | |
3085 . | |
3086 .TP | |
3087 .B \-noaspect | |
3088 Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation. | |
3089 . | |
3090 .TP | |
3091 .B \-flip \ | |
3092 Flip image upside-down. | |
3093 . | |
3094 .TP | |
3095 .B \-lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE) | |
3096 Specify libavcodec decoding parameters. | |
3097 .sp 1 | |
3098 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3099 .PD 0 | |
3100 .RSs | |
3101 \-lavdopts bug=1 | |
3102 .RE | |
3103 .PD 1 | |
3104 .sp 1 | |
3105 .RS | |
3106 Available options are: | |
3107 .RE | |
3108 .RSs | |
3109 .IPs bug=<value> | |
3110 Manually work around encoder bugs: | |
3111 .RSss | |
3112 0: nothing | |
3113 .br | |
3114 1: autodetect bugs (default) | |
3115 .br | |
3116 2 (msmpeg4v3): some old lavc generated msmpeg4v3 files (no autodetection) | |
3117 .br | |
3118 4 (mpeg4): XviD interlacing bug (autodetected if fourcc==XVIX) | |
3119 .br | |
3120 8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4) | |
3121 .br | |
3122 16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected) | |
3123 .br | |
3124 32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc) | |
3125 .br | |
3126 64 (mpeg4): XviD and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/\:version) | |
3127 .br | |
3128 128 (mpeg4): old standard qpel (autodetected per fourcc/\:version) | |
3129 .br | |
3130 256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/\:version) | |
3131 .br | |
3132 512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected per fourcc/\:version) | |
3133 .br | |
3134 1024 (mpeg4): edge padding bug (autodetected per fourcc/\:version) | |
3135 .REss | |
3136 .IPs debug=<value> | |
3137 debug: | |
3138 .RSss | |
3139 .br | |
3140 0: disabled | |
3141 .br | |
3142 1: picture info | |
3143 .br | |
3144 2: rate control | |
3145 .br | |
3146 4: bitstream | |
3147 .br | |
3148 8: macroblock (MB) type | |
3149 .br | |
3150 16: quantization parameter (QP) | |
3151 .br | |
3152 32: motion vector | |
3153 .br | |
3154 0x0040: motion vector visualization (use \-noslices) | |
3155 .br | |
3156 0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip | |
3157 .br | |
3158 0x0100: startcode | |
3159 .br | |
3160 0x0200: PTS | |
3161 .br | |
3162 0x0400: error resilience | |
3163 .br | |
3164 0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264) | |
3165 .br | |
3166 0x1000: bugs | |
3167 .REss | |
3168 .IPs ec=<value> | |
3169 error concealment: | |
3170 .RSss | |
3171 1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs. | |
3172 .br | |
3173 2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow) | |
3174 .br | |
3175 3: all (default) | |
3176 .REss | |
3177 .IPs er=<value> | |
3178 error resilience: | |
3179 .RSss | |
3180 .br | |
3181 0: disabled | |
3182 .br | |
3183 1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.) | |
3184 .br | |
3185 2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.) | |
3186 .br | |
3187 3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause problems even for valid bitstreams.) | |
3188 .br | |
3189 4: very aggressive | |
3190 .REss | |
3191 .IPs fast\ | |
3192 Enable optimizations which do not comply to the specification and might | |
3193 potentially cause problems, like simpler dequantization, assuming use | |
3194 of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0 and skipping a few | |
3195 checks to detect damaged bitstreams. | |
3196 .IPs gray\ | |
3197 grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color) | |
3198 .IPs "idct=<0\-99> (see \-lavcopts)" | |
3199 For best decoding quality use the same IDCT algorithm for decoding and encoding. | |
3200 This may come at a price in accuracy, though. | |
3201 .IPs lowres=<number> | |
3202 Decode at lower resolutions. | |
3203 Low resolution decoding is not supported by all codecs, and it will | |
3204 often result in ugly artifacts. | |
3205 This is not a bug, but a side effect of not decoding at full resolution. | |
3206 .RSss | |
3207 .br | |
3208 0: disabled | |
3209 .br | |
3210 1: 1/2 resolution | |
3211 .br | |
3212 2: 1/4 resolution | |
3213 .br | |
3214 3: 1/8 resolution | |
3215 .REss | |
3216 .IPs "sb=<number> (MPEG2 only)" | |
3217 Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom. | |
3218 .IPs "st=<number> (MPEG2 only)" | |
3219 Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top. | |
3220 .IPs vismv=<value> | |
3221 vismv: | |
3222 .RSss | |
3223 .br | |
3224 0: disabled | |
3225 .br | |
3226 1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames. | |
3227 .br | |
3228 2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames. | |
3229 .br | |
3230 4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames. | |
3231 .REss | |
3232 .IPs vstats | |
3233 Prints some statistics and stores them in ./vstats_*.log. | |
3234 .RE | |
3235 . | |
3236 .TP | |
3237 .B \-noslices | |
3238 Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height slices/\:bands, instead draws the | |
3239 whole frame in a single run. | |
3240 May be faster or slower, depending on card/\:cache. | |
3241 It has effect only with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs. | |
3242 . | |
3243 .TP | |
3244 .B \-nosound | |
3245 Do not play/\:encode sound. | |
3246 Useful for benchmarking. | |
3247 . | |
3248 .TP | |
3249 .B \-novideo | |
3250 Do not play/\:encode video. | |
3251 . | |
3252 .TP | |
3253 .B \-oldpp <quality> (OpenDivX only) (OBSOLETE) | |
3254 Use the opendivx postprocessing code instead of the internal one. | |
3255 Superseded by \-pp, the internal postprocessing offers better | |
3256 quality and performance. | |
3257 The valid range of \-oldpp values varies by codec, it is mostly | |
3258 0\-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/\:best. | |
3259 . | |
3260 .TP | |
3261 .B \-pp <quality> (also see \-vf pp) | |
3262 Set the DLL postprocess level. | |
3263 This option is no longer usable with \-vf pp. | |
3264 It only works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with internal postprocessing routines. | |
3265 The valid range of \-pp values varies by codec, it is mostly | |
3266 0\-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/\:best. | |
3267 . | |
3268 .TP | |
3269 .B \-pphelp (also see \-vf pp) | |
3270 Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their usage. | |
3271 . | |
3272 .TP | |
3273 .B \-ssf <mode> | |
3274 Specifies software scaler parameters. | |
3275 .sp 1 | |
3276 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3277 .PD 0 | |
3278 .RSs | |
3279 \-vf scale \-ssf lgb=3.0 | |
3280 .RE | |
3281 .PD 1 | |
3282 .PD 0 | |
3283 .RSs | |
3284 .IPs lgb=<0\-100> | |
3285 gaussian blur filter (luma) | |
3286 .IPs cgb=<0\-100> | |
3287 gaussian blur filter (chroma) | |
3288 .IPs ls=<0\-100> | |
3289 sharpen filter (luma) | |
3290 .IPs cs=<0\-100> | |
3291 sharpen filter (chroma) | |
3292 .IPs chs=<h> | |
3293 chroma horizontal shifting | |
3294 .IPs cvs=<v> | |
3295 chroma vertical shifting | |
3296 .RE | |
3297 .PD 1 | |
3298 . | |
3299 .TP | |
3300 .B \-stereo <mode> | |
3301 Select type of MP2/\:MP3 stereo output. | |
3302 .PD 0 | |
3303 .RSs | |
3304 .IPs 0 | |
3305 stereo | |
3306 .IPs 1 | |
3307 left channel | |
3308 .IPs 2 | |
3309 right channel | |
3310 .RE | |
3311 .PD 1 | |
3312 . | |
3313 .TP | |
3314 .B \-sws <software\ scaler\ type> (also see \-vf scale and \-zoom) | |
3315 Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with the \-zoom option. | |
3316 This affects video output drivers which lack hardware acceleration, e.g.\& x11. | |
3317 .sp 1 | |
3318 Available types are: | |
3319 .sp 1 | |
3320 .PD 0 | |
3321 .RSs | |
3322 .IPs 0 | |
3323 fast bilinear | |
3324 .IPs 1 | |
3325 bilinear | |
3326 .IPs 2 | |
3327 bicubic (good quality) (default) | |
3328 .IPs 3 | |
3329 experimental | |
3330 .IPs 4 | |
3331 nearest neighbour (bad quality) | |
3332 .IPs 5 | |
3333 area | |
3334 .IPs 6 | |
3335 luma bicubic / chroma bilinear | |
3336 .IPs 7 | |
3337 gauss | |
3338 .IPs 8 | |
3339 sincR | |
3340 .IPs 9 | |
3341 lanczos | |
3342 .IPs 10 | |
3343 natural bicubic spline | |
3344 .RE | |
3345 .PD 1 | |
3346 .sp 1 | |
3347 .RS | |
3348 .I NOTE: | |
3349 For \-sws\ 2 and 7, sharpness can be set with the scaling parameter | |
3350 of \-vf scale (0 (soft) \- 100 (sharp)), for \-sws 9, the scaling | |
3351 parameter specifies the filter length (1 \- 10). | |
3352 .RE | |
3353 . | |
3354 .TP | |
3355 .B \-vc <[-]codec1,[-]codec2,...[,]> | |
3356 Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to their codec | |
3357 name in codecs.conf. | |
3358 Use a '-' before the codec name to omit it. | |
3359 If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on codecs not | |
3360 contained in the list. | |
3361 .br | |
3362 .I NOTE: | |
3363 See \-vc help for a full list of available codecs. | |
3364 .sp 1 | |
3365 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3366 .PD 0 | |
3367 .RSs | |
3368 .IPs "\-vc divx" | |
3369 Force Win32/\:VFW DivX codec, no fallback. | |
3370 .IPs "\-vc divx4," | |
3371 Try divx4linux codec first, then fall back on others. | |
3372 .IPs "\-vc -divxds,-divx," | |
3373 Skip Win32 DivX codecs. | |
3374 .IPs "\-vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12," | |
3375 Try libavcodec's MPEG1/\:2 codec, then libmpeg2, then others. | |
3376 .RE | |
3377 .PD 1 | |
3378 . | |
3379 .TP | |
3380 .B \-vfm <driver1,driver2,...> | |
3381 Specify a priority list of video codec families to be used, according | |
3382 to their names in codecs.conf. | |
3383 Falls back on the default codecs if none of the given codec families work. | |
3384 .br | |
3385 .I NOTE: | |
3386 See \-vfm help for a full list of available codec families. | |
3387 .sp 1 | |
3388 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3389 .PD 0 | |
3390 .RSs | |
3391 .IPs "\-vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw" | |
3392 Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and fall back | |
3393 on others, if they do not work. | |
3394 .IPs "\-vfm xanim" | |
3395 Try XAnim codecs first. | |
3396 .RE | |
3397 .PD 1 | |
3398 . | |
3399 .TP | |
3400 .B \-x <x> (MPlayer only) | |
3401 Scale image to width <x> (if software/\:hardware scaling is available). | |
3402 Disables aspect calculations. | |
3403 . | |
3404 .TP | |
3405 .B \-xvidopts <option1:option2:...> | |
3406 Specify additional parameters when decoding with XviD. | |
3407 .br | |
3408 .I NOTE: | |
3409 Since libavcodec is faster than XviD you might want to use the libavcodec | |
3410 postprocessing filter (\-vf pp) and decoder (\-vfm ffmpeg) instead. | |
3411 .sp 1 | |
3412 XviD's internal postprocessing filters: | |
3413 .PD 0 | |
3414 .RSs | |
3415 .IPs deblock-chroma (also see \-vf pp) | |
3416 chroma deblock filter | |
3417 .IPs deblock-luma (also see \-vf pp) | |
3418 luma deblock filter | |
3419 .IPs dering-luma (also see \-vf pp) | |
3420 luma deringing filter | |
3421 .IPs dering-chroma (also see \-vf pp) | |
3422 chroma deringing filter | |
3423 .IPs filmeffect (also see \-vf noise) | |
3424 Adds artificial film grain to the video. | |
3425 May increase perceived quality, while lowering true quality. | |
3426 .RE | |
3427 .sp 1 | |
3428 .RS | |
3429 rendering methods: | |
3430 .RE | |
3431 .PD 0 | |
3432 .RSs | |
3433 .IPs dr2\ \ | |
3434 Activate direct rendering method 2. | |
3435 .IPs nodr2 | |
3436 Deactivate direct rendering method 2. | |
3437 .RE | |
3438 .PD 1 | |
3439 . | |
3440 .TP | |
3441 .B \-xy <value> | |
3442 .PD 0 | |
3443 .RSs | |
3444 .IPs value<=8 | |
3445 Scale image by factor <value>. | |
3446 .IPs value>8 | |
3447 Set width to value and calculate height to keep correct aspect ratio. | |
3448 .RE | |
3449 .PD 1 | |
3450 . | |
3451 .TP | |
3452 .B \-y <y> (MPlayer only) | |
3453 Scale image to height <y> (if software/\:hardware scaling is available). | |
3454 Disables aspect calculations. | |
3455 . | |
3456 .TP | |
3457 .B \-zoom\ \ | |
3458 Allow software scaling, where available. | |
3459 Can be used to force scaling with \-vf scale. | |
3460 .br | |
3461 .I NOTE: | |
3462 \-vf scale will ignore \-x / \-y / \-xy / \-fs / \-aspect without | |
3463 \-zoom. | |
3464 . | |
3465 . | |
3466 . | |
3467 .SH "VIDEO FILTERS" | |
3468 Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. | |
3469 The syntax is: | |
3470 . | |
3471 .TP | |
3472 .B \-vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...> | |
3473 Setup a chain of video filters. | |
3474 . | |
3475 .TP | |
3476 .B \-vop <...,filter2[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter1> (OBSOLETE) | |
3477 Setup a chain of video filters, to be applied in | |
3478 .B reverse | |
3479 order. | |
3480 Deprecated in favor of \-vf. | |
3481 .PP | |
3482 Many parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted. | |
3483 To explicitly use a default value set a parameter to '-1'. | |
3484 Parameters w:h means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted | |
3485 from the upper left corner of the bigger image. | |
3486 .br | |
3487 .I NOTE: | |
3488 To get a full list of available video filters, see \-vf help. | |
3489 .sp 1 | |
3490 Filters are managed in lists. | |
3491 There are a few commands to manage the filter list. | |
3492 . | |
3493 .TP | |
3494 .B \-vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]> | |
3495 Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list. | |
3496 . | |
3497 .TP | |
3498 .B \-vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]> | |
3499 Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list. | |
3500 . | |
3501 .TP | |
3502 .B \-vf-del <index1[,index2,...]> | |
3503 Deletes the filters at the given indexes. | |
3504 Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers address the end of the | |
3505 list (-1 is the last). | |
3506 . | |
3507 .TP | |
3508 .B \-vf-clr | |
3509 Completely empties the filter list. | |
3510 .PP | |
3511 With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name. | |
3512 . | |
3513 .TP | |
3514 .B \-vf <filter>=help | |
3515 Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular | |
3516 filter. | |
3517 . | |
3518 .TP | |
3519 .B \-vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]> | |
3520 Sets a named parameter to the given value. | |
3521 Use on and off or yes and no to set flag parameters. | |
3522 .PP | |
3523 Available filters are: | |
3524 . | |
3525 .TP | |
3526 .B crop[=w:h:x:y] | |
3527 Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest. | |
3528 Useful to remove black bands from widescreen movies. | |
3529 .PD 0 | |
3530 .RSs | |
3531 .IPs w,h | |
3532 Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height. | |
3533 .IPs x,y | |
3534 Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center. | |
3535 .RE | |
3536 .PD 1 | |
3537 . | |
3538 .TP | |
3539 .B cropdetect[=limit:round] | |
3540 Calculates necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended parameters | |
3541 to stdout. | |
3542 .PD 0 | |
3543 .RSs | |
3544 .IPs limit | |
3545 Threshold, which can be optionally specified from nothing (0) to | |
3546 everything (255) (default: 24). | |
3547 .br | |
3548 .IPs round | |
3549 Value which the width/\:height should be divisible by (default: 16). | |
3550 The offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. | |
3551 Use 2 to get only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). | |
3552 16 is best when encoding to most video codecs. | |
3553 .RE | |
3554 .PD 1 | |
3555 . | |
3556 .TP | |
3557 .B rectangle[=w:h:x:y] | |
3558 The plugin responds to the input.conf directive 'change_rectangle' | |
3559 that takes two parameters. | |
3560 .PD 0 | |
3561 .RSs | |
3562 .IPs w,h | |
3563 width and height (default: -1, maximum possible width where boundaries | |
3564 are still visible.) | |
3565 .IPs x,y | |
3566 top left corner position (default: -1, uppermost leftmost) | |
3567 .RE | |
3568 .PD 1 | |
3569 . | |
3570 .TP | |
3571 .B expand[=w:h:x:y:o] | |
3572 Expands (not scales) movie resolution to the given value and places the | |
3573 unscaled original at coordinates x, y. | |
3574 Can be used for placing subtitles/\:OSD in the resulting black bands. | |
3575 .RSs | |
3576 .IPs w,h | |
3577 Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). | |
3578 Negative values for w and h are treated as offsets to the original size. | |
3579 .sp 1 | |
3580 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3581 .PD 0 | |
3582 .RSs | |
3583 .IP expand=0:-50:0:0 | |
3584 Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture. | |
3585 .RE | |
3586 .PD 1 | |
3587 .IPs x,y | |
3588 position of original image on the expanded image (default: center) | |
3589 .IPs o | |
3590 OSD/\:subtitle rendering | |
3591 .RSss | |
3592 0: disable (default) | |
3593 .br | |
3594 1: enable | |
3595 .REss | |
3596 .RE | |
3597 . | |
3598 .TP | |
3599 .B flip (also see \-flip) | |
3600 Flips the image upside down. | |
3601 . | |
3602 .TP | |
3603 .B mirror\ | |
3604 Mirrors the image on the Y axis. | |
3605 . | |
3606 .TP | |
3607 .B rotate[=<0\-7>] | |
3608 Rotates and flips (optional) the image +/\:- 90 degrees. | |
3609 For parameters between 4\-7 rotation is only done if the movie's geometry is | |
3610 portrait and not landscape. | |
3611 . | |
3612 .TP | |
3613 .B scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:param[:param2[:presize]]]]]] | |
3614 Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<\->RGB | |
3615 colorspace conversion (also see \-sws). | |
3616 .RSs | |
3617 .IPs <w>,<h> | |
3618 scaled width/\:height (default: original width/\:height) | |
3619 .br | |
3620 .I NOTE: | |
3621 If \-zoom is used, and underlying filters (including libvo) are | |
3622 incapable of scaling, it defaults to d_width/\:d_height! | |
3623 .RSss | |
3624 0: scaled d_width/\:d_height | |
3625 .br | |
3626 -1: original width/\:height | |
3627 .br | |
3628 -2: Calculate w/\:h using the other dimension and the prescaled aspect ratio. | |
3629 .br | |
3630 -3: Calculate w/\:h using the other dimension and the original aspect ratio. | |
3631 .REss | |
3632 .IPs <interlaced> | |
3633 Toggle interlaced scaling. | |
3634 .RSss | |
3635 0: off (default) | |
3636 .br | |
3637 1: on | |
3638 .REss | |
3639 .IPs <chr_drop> | |
3640 chroma skipping | |
3641 .RSss | |
3642 0: Use all available input lines for chroma. | |
3643 .br | |
3644 1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma. | |
3645 .br | |
3646 2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma. | |
3647 .br | |
3648 3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma. | |
3649 .REss | |
3650 .IPs "<param>[:<param2>] (also see \-sws)" | |
3651 Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected | |
3652 with \-sws. | |
3653 .RSss | |
3654 \-sws 2 (bicubic): B (blurring) and C (ringing) | |
3655 .br | |
3656 0.00:0.60 default | |
3657 .br | |
3658 0.00:0.75 VirtualDubs "precise bicubic" | |
3659 .br | |
3660 0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline | |
3661 .br | |
3662 0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline | |
3663 .br | |
3664 1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline | |
3665 .br | |
3666 \-sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) \- 100 (sharp)) | |
3667 .br | |
3668 \-sws 9 (lanczos): filter length (1\-10) | |
3669 .REss | |
3670 .IPs <presize> | |
3671 Scale to preset sizes. | |
3672 .RSss | |
3673 qntsc: 352x240 (NTSC quarter screen) | |
3674 .br | |
3675 qpal: 352x288 (PAL quarter screen) | |
3676 .br | |
3677 ntsc: 720x480 (standard NTSC) | |
3678 .br | |
3679 pal: 720x576 (standard PAL) | |
3680 .br | |
3681 sntsc: 640x480 (square pixel NTSC) | |
3682 .br | |
3683 spal: 768x576 (square pixel PAL) | |
3684 .REss | |
3685 .RE | |
3686 . | |
3687 .TP | |
3688 .B dsize=[aspect|w:h] | |
3689 Changes the intended display size/\:aspect at an arbitrary point in the | |
3690 filter chain. | |
3691 Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/\:3) or floating point number | |
3692 (1.33). | |
3693 Alternatively, you may specify the exact display width and height | |
3694 desired. | |
3695 Note that this filter does NOT do any scaling itself; it just affects | |
3696 what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to | |
3697 correct aspect. | |
3698 . | |
3699 .TP | |
3700 .B yuy2\ \ \ | |
3701 Forces software YV12/\:I420/\:422P to YUY2 conversion. | |
3702 Useful for video cards/\:drivers with slow YV12 but fast YUY2 support. | |
3703 . | |
3704 .TP | |
3705 .B yvu9\ \ \ | |
3706 Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion. | |
3707 Deprecated in favor of the software scaler. | |
3708 . | |
3709 .TP | |
3710 .B yuvcsp\ | |
3711 Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real conversion. | |
3712 . | |
3713 .TP | |
3714 .B rgb2bgr[=swap] | |
3715 RGB 24/\:32 <\-> BGR 24/\:32 colorspace conversion. | |
3716 .PD 0 | |
3717 .RSs | |
3718 .IPs swap\ | |
3719 Also perform R <\-> B swapping. | |
3720 .RE | |
3721 .PD 1 | |
3722 . | |
3723 .TP | |
3724 .B palette | |
3725 RGB/\:BGR 8 \-> 15/\:16/\:24/\:32bpp colorspace conversion using palette. | |
3726 . | |
3727 .TP | |
3728 .B format[=fourcc] | |
3729 Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any conversion. | |
3730 Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion. | |
3731 .br | |
3732 .I NOTE: | |
3733 For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help. | |
3734 .PD 0 | |
3735 .RSs | |
3736 .IPs fourcc | |
3737 format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2) | |
3738 .RE | |
3739 .PD 1 | |
3740 . | |
3741 .TP | |
3742 .B noformat[=fourcc] | |
3743 Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any conversion. | |
3744 Unlike the format filter, this will allow any colorspace | |
3745 .B except | |
3746 the one you specify. | |
3747 .br | |
3748 .I NOTE: | |
3749 For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help. | |
3750 .PD 0 | |
3751 .RSs | |
3752 .IPs fourcc | |
3753 format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12) | |
3754 .RE | |
3755 .PD 1 | |
3756 . | |
3757 .TP | |
3758 .B pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/\:[-]filter2...] (also see \-pphelp) | |
3759 Enables the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters. | |
3760 Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by | |
3761 prepending a '\-'. | |
3762 A subfilter's scope can be determined by appending a ':' followed | |
3763 by 'a', 'c' or 'y' (default: c): | |
3764 .PD 0 | |
3765 .RSs | |
3766 .IPs a | |
3767 Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too slow. | |
3768 .IPs c | |
3769 Do chrominance filtering, too. | |
3770 .IPs y | |
3771 Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance). | |
3772 .RE | |
3773 .PD 1 | |
3774 .sp 1 | |
3775 .RS | |
3776 .br | |
3777 .I NOTE: | |
3778 \-pphelp shows a list of available subfilters. | |
3779 .sp 1 | |
3780 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3781 .RE | |
3782 .PD 0 | |
3783 .RSs | |
3784 .IPs "\-vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al" | |
3785 horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic | |
3786 brightness/\:contrast | |
3787 .IPs "\-vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al/lb" | |
3788 horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing, automatic | |
3789 brightness/\:contrast and linear blend deinterlacer | |
3790 .IPs "\-vf pp=de/-al" | |
3791 default filters without brightness/\:contrast correction | |
3792 .IPs "\-vf pp=de/tn:1:2:3" | |
3793 Enable default filters & temporal denoiser. | |
3794 .IPs "\-vf pp=hb:y/vb:a" | |
3795 Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking | |
3796 on or off automatically depending on available CPU time. | |
3797 .RE | |
3798 .PD 1 | |
3799 . | |
3800 .TP | |
3801 .B spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]] | |
3802 simple postprocessing filter | |
3803 .RSs | |
3804 .IPs quality | |
3805 0\-6 (default: 3) | |
3806 .IPs qp\ \ \ | |
3807 Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video). | |
3808 .IPs mode\ \ \ | |
3809 0: hard thresholding (default) | |
3810 .br | |
3811 1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier) | |
3812 .RE | |
3813 . | |
3814 .TP | |
3815 .B qp=equation | |
3816 quantization parameter (QP) change filter | |
3817 .RSs | |
3818 .IPs equation | |
3819 some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)" | |
3820 .RE | |
3821 . | |
3822 .TP | |
3823 .B test\ \ \ | |
3824 Generate various test patterns. | |
3825 . | |
3826 .TP | |
3827 .B rgbtest | |
3828 Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues. | |
3829 You should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to bottom. | |
3830 . | |
3831 .TP | |
3832 .B lavc[=quality:fps] | |
3833 Fast software YV12 to MPEG1 conversion with libavcodec for use with DVB/\:DXR3. | |
3834 Faster and of better quality than \-vf fame. | |
3835 .RSs | |
3836 .IPs quality | |
3837 .RSss | |
3838 1\-31: fixed qscale | |
3839 .br | |
3840 32\-: fixed bitrate in kBits | |
3841 .REss | |
3842 .IPs fps\ \ | |
3843 force output fps (float value) (default: 0, autodetect based on height) | |
3844 .RE | |
3845 . | |
3846 .TP | |
3847 .B fame\ \ \ | |
3848 Fast software YV12 to MPEG1 conversion with libfame for use with DVB/\:DXR3. | |
3849 . | |
3850 .TP | |
3851 .B dvbscale[=aspect] | |
3852 Set up optimal scaling for DVB cards, scaling the x axis in hardware and | |
3853 calculating the y axis scaling in software to keep aspect. | |
3854 Only useful together with expand and scale. | |
3855 .RSs | |
3856 .IPs aspect | |
3857 Control aspect ratio, calculate as DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO (default: | |
3858 576*4/\:3=768), set it to 576*(16/\:9)=1024 for a 16:9 TV. | |
3859 .RE | |
3860 .sp 1 | |
3861 .RS | |
3862 .I EXAMPLE: | |
3863 .RE | |
3864 .PD 0 | |
3865 .RSs | |
3866 .IPs "\-vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc" | |
3867 FIXME: Explain what this does. | |
3868 .RE | |
3869 .PD 1 | |
3870 . | |
3871 .TP | |
3872 .B noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]] | |
3873 Adds noise. | |
3874 .PD 0 | |
3875 .RSs | |
3876 .IPs <0\-100> | |
3877 luma noise | |
3878 .IPs <0\-100> | |
3879 chroma noise | |
3880 .IPs u | |
3881 uniform noise (gaussian otherwise) | |
3882 .IPs t | |
3883 temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames) | |
3884 .IPs a | |
3885 averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower) | |
3886 .IPs h | |
3887 high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower) | |
3888 .IPs p | |
3889 mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern | |
3890 .RE | |
3891 .PD 1 | |
3892 . | |
3893 .TP | |
3894 .B denoise3d[=luma:chroma:time] | |
3895 This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images and making still | |
3896 images really still (This should enhance compressibility.). | |
3897 .PD 0 | |
3898 .RSs | |
3899 .IPs luma\ | |
3900 spatial luma strength (default: 4) | |
3901 .IPs chroma | |
3902 spatial chroma strength (default: 3) | |
3903 .IPs time\ | |
3904 temporal strength (default: 6) | |
3905 .RE | |
3906 .PD 1 | |
3907 . | |
3908 .TP | |
3909 .B hqdn3d[=luma:chroma:time] | |
3910 High precision/\:quality version of the denoise3d filter. | |
3911 Parameters and usage are the same. | |
3912 . | |
3913 .TP | |
3914 .B eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE) | |
3915 Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hardware | |
3916 equalizer, for cards/\:drivers that do not support brightness and | |
3917 contrast controls in hardware. | |
3918 Initial values in the range -100 \- 100 may be given on the command line. | |
3919 Might also be useful with MEncoder, either for fixing poorly captured | |
3920 movies, or for slightly reducing contrast to mask artifacts and get by | |
3921 with lower bitrates. | |
3922 . | |
3923 .TP | |
3924 .B eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight] | |
3925 Alternative software equalizer that uses lookup tables (very slow), | |
3926 allowing gamma correction in addition to simple brightness | |
3927 and contrast adjustment. | |
3928 Note that it uses the same MMX optimized code as \-vf eq if all | |
3929 gamma values are 1.0. | |
3930 The parameters are given as floating point values. | |
3931 Parameters rg, gg, bg are the independent gamma values for the red, green | |
3932 and blue components. | |
3933 The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value on | |
3934 bright image areas, e.g.\& keep them from getting overamplified and just plain | |
3935 white. | |
3936 A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all the way down while 1.0 leaves it | |
3937 at its full strength. | |
3938 Defaults are gamma=1.0, contrast=1.0, brightness=0.0, saturation=1.0, | |
3939 weight=1.0. | |
3940 Value ranges are 0.1\-10 for gamma, -2\-2 for contrast (negative values result | |
3941 in a negative image), -1\-1 for brightness, 0\-3 for saturation and 0\-1 for | |
3942 weight. | |
3943 . | |
3944 .TP | |
3945 .B hue[=hue:saturation] | |
3946 Defaults are hue=0.0, saturation=1.0. | |
3947 Value ranges are -180\-180 for hue, -2\-2 for saturation (negative values result | |
3948 in a negative chroma). | |
3949 . | |
3950 .TP | |
3951 .B halfpack[=f] | |
3952 Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2, downsampling luma but | |
3953 keeping all chroma samples. | |
3954 Useful for output to low-resolution display devices when hardware downscaling | |
3955 is poor quality or is not available. | |
3956 Can also be used as a primitive luma-only deinterlacer with very low CPU | |
3957 usage. | |
3958 By default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when downsampling. | |
3959 The optional parameter f can be 0 to only use even lines, or 1 to only use | |
3960 odd lines. | |
3961 Any other value for f gives the default (averaging) behavior. | |
3962 . | |
3963 .TP | |
3964 .B ilpack[=mode] | |
3965 When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma | |
3966 interlacing does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling of | |
3967 the chroma channels. | |
3968 This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2 (4:2:2) format with | |
3969 the chroma lines in their proper locations, so that in any given | |
3970 scanline, the luma and chroma data both come from the same field. | |
3971 The optional argument selects the sampling mode. | |
3972 By default, linear interpolation (mode 1) is used. | |
3973 Mode 0 uses nearest-neighbor sampling, which is fast but incorrect. | |
3974 . | |
3975 .TP | |
3976 .B harddup | |
3977 Only useful with MEncoder. | |
3978 If harddup is used when encoding, it will force duplicate frames to be | |
3979 encoded in the output. | |
3980 This uses slightly more space, but is necessary for output to MPEG | |
3981 files or if you plan to demux and remux the video stream after | |
3982 encoding. | |
3983 Should be placed at or near the end of the filter chain unless you | |
3984 have a good reason to do otherwise. | |
3985 . | |
3986 .TP | |
3987 .B softskip | |
3988 Only useful with MEncoder. | |
3989 Softskip moves the frame skipping (dropping) step of encoding from | |
3990 before the filter chain to some point during the filter chain. | |
3991 This allows filters which need to see all frames (inverse telecine, | |
3992 temporal denoising, etc.) to function properly. | |
3993 Should be placed after the filters which need to see all frames and | |
3994 before any subsequent filters that are CPU-intensive. | |
3995 . | |
3996 .TP | |
3997 .B decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac] | |
3998 Drops frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in | |
3999 order to reduce framerate. | |
4000 The argument max (if positive) sets the maximum number of consecutive | |
4001 frames which can be dropped, or (if negative) the minimum interval | |
4002 between dropped frames. | |
4003 A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region differs by more | |
4004 than a threshold of hi, and if not more than frac portion (1 meaning | |
4005 the whole image) differs by more than a threshold of lo. | |
4006 Values of hi and lo are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent actual | |
4007 pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64 corresponds to 1 unit of | |
4008 difference for each pixel, or the same spread out differently over the | |
4009 block. | |
4010 The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g.\& | |
4011 streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for | |
4012 fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly. | |
4013 . | |
4014 .TP | |
4015 .B dint[=sense:level] | |
4016 Detects and drops the first from a set of interlaced video frames. | |
4017 Values can be from 0.0 to 1.0 \- first (default 0.1) is relative difference | |
4018 between neighbor pixels, second (default 0.15) is what part of image has to | |
4019 be detected as interlaced to drop the frame. | |
4020 . | |
4021 .TP | |
4022 .B lavcdeint | |
4023 libavcodec deinterlacing filter | |
4024 . | |
4025 .TP | |
4026 .B kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]] | |
4027 Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer. | |
4028 Deinterlaces parts of a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded. | |
4029 .PD 0 | |
4030 .RSs | |
4031 .IPs "thresh (0 \- 255)" | |
4032 Threshold (default 10). | |
4033 .IPs "map (0 or 1)" | |
4034 Paint pixels which exceed the threshold white (default: 0). | |
4035 .IPs "order (0 or 1)" | |
4036 Swap fields if 1 (default: 0). | |
4037 .IPs "sharp (0 or 1)" | |
4038 Enable additional sharpening (default: 0). | |
4039 .IPs "twoway (0 or 1)" | |
4040 Enable twoway sharpening (default: 0). | |
4041 .RE | |
4042 .PD 1 | |
4043 . | |
4044 .TP | |
4045 .B unsharp=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount] | |
4046 unsharp mask / gaussian blur | |
4047 .RSs | |
4048 .IPs l\ \ \ \ | |
4049 Apply effect on luma component. | |
4050 .IPs c\ \ \ \ | |
4051 Apply effect on chroma components. | |
4052 .IPs <width>x<height> | |
4053 width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both directions | |
4054 (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually something between 3x3 and 7x7) | |
4055 .IPs amount | |
4056 Relative amount of sharpness/\:blur to add to the image | |
4057 (a sane range should be -1.5\-1.5). | |
4058 .RSss | |
4059 <0: blur | |
4060 .br | |
4061 >0: sharpen | |
4062 .REss | |
4063 .RE | |
4064 . | |
4065 .TP | |
4066 .B swapuv\ | |
4067 Swap U & V plane. | |
4068 . | |
4069 .TP | |
4070 .B il=[d|i][s][:[d|i][s]] | |
4071 (De)interleaves lines. | |
4072 The goal of this filter is to add the ability to process interlaced images | |
4073 pre-field without deinterlacing them. | |
4074 You can filter your interlaced DVD and play it on a TV without breaking the | |
4075 interlacing. | |
4076 While deinterlacing (with the postprocessing filter) removes interlacing | |
4077 permanently (by smoothing, averaging, etc) deinterleaving splits the frame into | |
4078 2 fields (so called half pictures), so you can process (filter) them | |
4079 independently and then re-interleave them. | |
4080 .PD 0 | |
4081 .RSs | |
4082 .IPs d | |
4083 deinterleave (placing one above the other) | |
4084 .IPs i | |
4085 interleave | |
4086 .IPs s | |
4087 swap fields (exchange even & odd lines) | |
4088 .RE | |
4089 .PD 1 | |
4090 . | |
4091 .TP | |
4092 .B fil=[i|d] | |
4093 (De)interleaves lines. | |
4094 This filter is very similar to the il filter but much faster, the main | |
4095 disadvantage is that it does not always work. | |
4096 Especially if combined with other filters it may produce randomly messed | |
4097 up images, so be happy if it works but don't complain if it doesn't for | |
4098 your combination of filters. | |
4099 .PD 0 | |
4100 .RSs | |
4101 .IPs d | |
4102 Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side. | |
4103 .IPs i | |
4104 Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d). | |
4105 .RE | |
4106 .PD 1 | |
4107 . | |
4108 .TP | |
4109 .B field[=n] | |
4110 Extracts a single field from an interlaced image using stride arithmetic | |
4111 to avoid wasting CPU time. | |
4112 The optional argument n specifies whether to extract the even or the odd | |
4113 field (depending on whether n is even or odd). | |
4114 . | |
4115 .TP | |
4116 .B detc[=var1=value2:var2=value2:...] | |
4117 Attempts to reverse the 'telecine' process to recover a clean, | |
4118 non-interlaced stream at film framerate. | |
4119 This was the first and most primitive inverse telecine filter to be | |
4120 added to MPlayer/\:MEncoder. | |
4121 It works by latching onto the telecine 3:2 pattern and following it as | |
4122 long as possible. | |
4123 This makes it suitable for perfectly-telecined material, even in the | |
4124 presence of a fair degree of noise, but it will fail in the presence | |
4125 of complex post-telecine edits. | |
4126 Development on this filter is no longer taking place, as ivtc, pullup, | |
4127 and filmdint are better for most applications. | |
4128 The following arguments (see syntax above) may be used to control | |
4129 detc's behavior: | |
4130 .RSs | |
4131 .IPs dr\ \ \ | |
4132 Set the frame dropping mode. | |
4133 0 (default) means don't drop frames to maintain fixed output framerate. | |
4134 1 means always drop a frame when there have been no drops or telecine | |
4135 merges in the past 5 frames. | |
4136 2 means always maintain exact 5:4 input to output frame ratio. | |
4137 .br | |
4138 .I NOTE: | |
4139 Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder. | |
4140 .IPs am\ \ \ | |
4141 Analysis mode. | |
4142 Available values are 0 (fixed pattern with initial frame number | |
4143 specified by fr=#) and 1 (agressive search for telecine pattern). | |
4144 Default is 1. | |
4145 .IPs fr\ \ \ | |
4146 Set initial frame number in sequence. | |
4147 0\-2 are the three clean progressive frames; 3 and 4 are the two | |
4148 interlaced frames. | |
4149 The default, -1, means 'not in telecine sequence'. | |
4150 The number specified here is the type for the imaginary previous | |
4151 frame before the movie starts. | |
4152 .IPs "tr0, tr1, tr2, tr3" | |
4153 Threshold values to be used in certain modes. | |
4154 .RE | |
4155 . | |
4156 .TP | |
4157 .B ivtc[=1] | |
4158 Experimental 'stateless' inverse telecine filter. | |
4159 Rather than trying to lock on to a pattern like the detc filter does, | |
4160 ivtc makes its decisions independently for each frame. | |
4161 This will give much better results for material that has undergone | |
4162 heavy editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as | |
4163 forgiving of noisy input, for example TV capture. | |
4164 The optional parameter (ivtc=1) corresponds to the dr=1 option for the | |
4165 detc filter, and should be used with MEncoder but not with MPlayer. | |
4166 As with detc, you must specify the correct output framerate (\-ofps | |
4167 23.976) when using MEncoder. | |
4168 Further development on ivtc has stopped, as the pullup and filmdint | |
4169 filters appear to be much more accurate. | |
4170 . | |
4171 .TP | |
4172 .B pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]\ | |
4173 Third-generation pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, | |
4174 capable of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24 fps progressive, and 30 | |
4175 fps progressive content. | |
4176 The pullup filter is designed to be much more robust than detc or | |
4177 ivtc, by taking advantage of future context in making its decisions. | |
4178 Like ivtc, pullup is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto | |
4179 a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following | |
4180 fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive frames. | |
4181 It is still under development, but believed to be quite accurate. | |
4182 The jl, jr, jt, and jb options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at | |
4183 the left, right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively. | |
4184 Left/\:right are in units of 8 pixels, while top/\:bottom are in units of | |
4185 2 lines. | |
4186 The default is 8 pixels on each side. | |
4187 Setting the sb (strict breaks) option to 1 will reduce the chances of | |
4188 pullup generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also | |
4189 cause an excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion | |
4190 sequences. | |
4191 Conversely, setting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more | |
4192 easily. | |
4193 This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring | |
4194 between the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames | |
4195 in the output. | |
4196 The mp (metric plane) option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma | |
4197 plane instead of the luma plane for doing pullup's computations. | |
4198 This may improve accuracy on very clean source material, but more | |
4199 likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise | |
4200 (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video. | |
4201 The main purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU load | |
4202 and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines. | |
4203 .br | |
4204 .I NOTE: | |
4205 Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when encoding to ensure | |
4206 that pullup is able to see each frame. | |
4207 Failure to do so will lead to incorrect output and will usually crash, | |
4208 due to design limitations in the codec/\:filter layer. | |
4209 . | |
4210 .TP | |
4211 .B filmdint[=options] | |
4212 Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above. | |
4213 It is designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft and | |
4214 hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed down or sped | |
4215 up from their original framerate for TV. | |
4216 Only the luma plane is used to find the frame breaks. | |
4217 If a field has no match, it is deinterlaced with simple linear | |
4218 approximation. | |
4219 If the source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow | |
4220 access to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder. | |
4221 Depending on the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this advice, as | |
4222 long as you do not see lots of "Bottom-first field" warnings. | |
4223 With no options it does normal inverse telecine, and should be used | |
4224 together with mencoder \-fps 29.97 \-ofps 23.976. | |
4225 When this filter is used with mplayer, it will result in an uneven | |
4226 framerate during playback, but it is still generally better than using | |
4227 pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all. | |
4228 Multiple options can be specified separated by /. | |
4229 .RSs | |
4230 .IPs crop=w:h:x:y | |
4231 Just like the crop filter, but faster, and works on mixed hard and soft | |
4232 telecined content as well as when y is not a multiple of 4. | |
4233 If x or y would require cropping fractional pixels from the chroma | |
4234 planes, the crop area is extended. | |
4235 This usually means that x and y must be even. | |
4236 .IPs io=ifps:ofps | |
4237 For each ifps input frames the filter will output ofps frames. | |
4238 The ratio of ifps/\:ofps should match the \-fps/\-ofps ratio. | |
4239 This could be used to filter movies that are broadcast on TV at a frame | |
4240 rate different from their original framerate. | |
4241 .IPs luma_only=n | |
4242 If n is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged. | |
4243 This is useful for YV12 sampled TV, which discards one of the chroma | |
4244 fields. | |
4245 .IPs mmx2=n | |
4246 On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized functions, if n=2, use 3DNow! | |
4247 optimized functions, othewise, use plain C. | |
4248 If this option is not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow! are auto-detected, use | |
4249 this option to override auto-detection. | |
4250 .IPs fast=n | |
4251 The larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of accuracy. | |
4252 The default value is n=3. | |
4253 If n is odd, a frame immediately following a frame marked with the | |
4254 REPEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be progressive, thus filter | |
4255 will not spend any time on soft-telecined MPEG-2 content. | |
4256 This is the only effect of this flag if MMX2 or 3DNow! is available. | |
4257 Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be used | |
4258 as with n=2 or 3. | |
4259 If n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels used to find the frame breaks is | |
4260 reduced from 256 to 128, which results in a faster filter without losing | |
4261 much accuracy. | |
4262 If n=4 or 5, a faster, but much less accurate metric will be used to | |
4263 find the frame breaks, which is more likely to misdetect high vertical | |
4264 detail as interlaced content. | |
4265 .IPs verbose=n | |
4266 If n is nonzero, print the detailed metrics for each frame. | |
4267 Useful for debugging. | |
4268 .IPs dint_thres=n | |
4269 Deinterlace threshold. | |
4270 Used during de-interlacing of unmatched frames. | |
4271 Larger value means less deinterlacing, use n=256 to completely turn off | |
4272 deinterlacing. | |
4273 Default is n=8. | |
4274 .IPs comb_thres=n | |
4275 Threshold for comparing a top and bottom fields. | |
4276 Defaults to 128. | |
4277 .IPs diff_thres=n | |
4278 Threshold to detect temporal change of a field. | |
4279 Default is 128. | |
4280 .IPs sad_thres=n | |
4281 Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64. | |
4282 .RE | |
4283 . | |
4284 .TP | |
4285 .B softpulldown | |
4286 This filter works only correct with MEncoder and acts on the MPEG2 flags | |
4287 used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine). | |
4288 If you want to use the ivtc or detc filter on movies that are partly soft | |
4289 telecined, inserting this filter before them should make them more reliable. | |
4290 . | |
4291 .TP | |
4292 .B divtc[=options] | |
4293 Inverse telecine for deinterlaced video. | |
4294 If 3:2-pulldown telecined video has lost one of the fields or is deinterlaced | |
4295 using a method that keeps one field and interpolates the other, the result is | |
4296 a juddering video that has every fourth frame duplicated. | |
4297 This filter is intended to find and drop those duplicates and restore the | |
4298 original film framerate. | |
4299 When using this filter, you must specify \-ofps that is 4/\:5 of the fps of the | |
4300 input file (23.976 if the input is 29.97fps). | |
4301 The options are: | |
4302 .RSs | |
4303 .IPs pass=1|2 | |
4304 Use two-pass mode. | |
4305 This produces best results. | |
4306 Pass 1 analyzes the video and writes the results to a log file. | |
4307 Pass 2 then reads this log file and uses the information to do the actual work. | |
4308 Note that these passes do NOT correspond to pass 1 and 2 of the encoding | |
4309 process. | |
4310 In order to use divtc two-pass with two-pass video encoding, you must perform | |
4311 three passes: first divtc pass 1 and encoder pass 1, then divtc pass 2 and | |
4312 encoder pass 1, and finally divtc pass 2 and encoder pass 2. | |
4313 .IPs file=filename | |
4314 Set the 2-pass log filename (default: "framediff.log"). | |
4315 .IPs threshold=value | |
4316 Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have for the filter to | |
4317 believe in it (default: 0.5). | |
4318 This is used to avoid recognizing false pattern from the parts of the video | |
4319 that are very dark or very still. | |
4320 .IPs window=numframes | |
4321 Set the number of past frames to look at when searching for pattern | |
4322 (default: 30). | |
4323 Longer window improves the reliability of the pattern search, but shorter | |
4324 window improves the reaction time to the changes in the telecine phase. | |
4325 This only affects the one-pass mode. | |
4326 The two-pass mode currently uses fixed window that extends to both future | |
4327 and past. | |
4328 .IPs phase=0|1|2|3|4 | |
4329 Sets the initial telecine phase for one-pass mode (default: 0). | |
4330 The two-pass mode can see the future, so it is able to use the correct | |
4331 phase from the beginning, but one-pass mode can only guess. | |
4332 It catches the correct phase when it finds it, but this option can be used | |
4333 to fix the possible juddering at the beginning. | |
4334 The first pass of the two-pass mode also uses this, so if you save the output | |
4335 from the first pass, you get constant phase result. | |
4336 .IPs deghost=value | |
4337 Set the deghosting threshold (0\-255 for one-pass mode, -255\-255 for two-pass | |
4338 mode, default 0). | |
4339 If nonzero, deghosting mode is used. | |
4340 This is for video that has been deinterlaced by blending the fields | |
4341 together instead of dropping one of the fields. | |
4342 Deghosting amplifies any compression artifacts in the blended frames, so the | |
4343 parameter value is used as a threshold to exclude those pixels from | |
4344 deghosting that differ from the previous frame less than specified value. | |
4345 If two-pass mode is used, then negative value can be used to make the | |
4346 filter analyze the whole video in the beginning of pass-2 to determine | |
4347 whether it needs deghosting or not and then select either zero or the | |
4348 absolute value of the parameter. | |
4349 Specify this option for pass-2, it makes no difference on pass-1. | |
4350 .RE | |
4351 . | |
4352 .TP | |
4353 .B phase=[t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v] | |
4354 Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order | |
4355 changes. | |
4356 The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the | |
4357 opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer. | |
4358 The options are: | |
4359 .RSs | |
4360 .IPs t | |
4361 Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first. | |
4362 Filter will delay the bottom field. | |
4363 .IPs b | |
4364 Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first. | |
4365 Filter will delay the top field. | |
4366 .IPs p | |
4367 Capture and transfer with the same field order. | |
4368 This mode only exists for the documentation of the other options to refer to, | |
4369 but if you actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing ;-) | |
4370 .IPs a | |
4371 Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer opposite. | |
4372 Filter selects among t and b modes on a frame by frame basis using field flags. | |
4373 If no field information is available, then this works just like u. | |
4374 .IPs u | |
4375 Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. | |
4376 Filter selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by analyzing the | |
4377 images and selecting the alternative that produces best match between the | |
4378 fields. | |
4379 .IPs T | |
4380 Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. | |
4381 Filter selects among t and p using image analysis. | |
4382 .IPs B | |
4383 Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying. | |
4384 Filter selects among b and p using image analysis. | |
4385 .IPs A | |
4386 Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying. | |
4387 Filter selects among t, b and p using field flags and image analysis. | |
4388 If no field information is available, then this works just like U. | |
4389 This is the default mode. | |
4390 .IPs U | |
4391 Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. | |
4392 Filter selects among t, b and p using image analysis only. | |
4393 .IPs v | |
4394 Verbose operation. | |
4395 Prints the selected mode for each frame and the average squared difference | |
4396 between fields for t, b, and p alternatives. | |
4397 .RE | |
4398 . | |
4399 .TP | |
4400 .B telecine[=start] | |
4401 Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%. | |
4402 This most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can | |
4403 be used with 'mencoder \-fps 29.97 \-ofps 29.97 \-vf telecine'. | |
4404 Both fps options are essential! | |
4405 (A/\:V sync will break if they are wrong.) | |
4406 The optional start parameter tells the filter where in the telecine | |
4407 pattern to start (0\-3). | |
4408 . | |
4409 .TP | |
4410 .B tinterlace[=mode] | |
4411 Temporal field interlacing \- merge pairs of frames into an interlaced | |
4412 frame, halving the framerate. | |
4413 Even frames are moved into the upper field, odd frames to the lower field. | |
4414 This can be used to fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in mode 0). | |
4415 Available modes are: | |
4416 .PD 0 | |
4417 .RSs | |
4418 .IPs 0 | |
4419 Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating | |
4420 a full-height frame at half framerate. | |
4421 .IPs 1 | |
4422 Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height unchanged. | |
4423 .IPs 2 | |
4424 Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height unchanged. | |
4425 .IPs 3 | |
4426 Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black; | |
4427 framerate unchanged. | |
4428 .RE | |
4429 .PD 1 | |
4430 . | |
4431 .TP | |
4432 .B tfields[=mode] | |
4433 Temporal field separation \- split fields into frames, doubling the | |
4434 output framerate. | |
4435 Like the telecine filter, tfields will only work properly with | |
4436 MEncoder, and only if both \-fps and \-ofps are set to the | |
4437 desired (double) framerate! | |
4438 Available modes are: | |
4439 .PD 0 | |
4440 .RSs | |
4441 .IPs 0 | |
4442 Leave fields unchanged. (This will jump/\:flicker.) | |
4443 .IPs 1 | |
4444 Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might not be so good.) | |
4445 .IPs 2 | |
4446 Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear interpolation (no jump). | |
4447 .IPs 4 | |
4448 Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter (higher quality). | |
4449 .RE | |
4450 .PD 1 | |
4451 . | |
4452 .TP | |
4453 .B boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power] | |
4454 box blur | |
4455 .PD 0 | |
4456 .RSs | |
4457 .IPs <radius> | |
4458 blur filter strength | |
4459 .IPs <power> | |
4460 number of filter applications | |
4461 .RE | |
4462 .PD 1 | |
4463 . | |
4464 .TP | |
4465 .B sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff] | |
4466 shape adaptive blur | |
4467 .PD 0 | |
4468 .RSs | |
4469 .IPs <radius> | |
4470 blur filter strength (~0.1\-4.0) (slower if larger) | |
4471 .IPs <pf>\ | |
4472 prefilter strength (~0.1\-2.0) | |
4473 .IPs <colorDiff> | |
4474 maximum difference between pixels to still be considered (~0.1\-100.0) | |
4475 .RE | |
4476 .PD 1 | |
4477 . | |
4478 .TP | |
4479 .B smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold] | |
4480 smart blur | |
4481 .PD 0 | |
4482 .RSs | |
4483 .IPs <radius> | |
4484 blur filter strength (~0.1\-5.0) (slower if larger) | |
4485 .IPs <strength> | |
4486 blur (0.0\-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0\-0.0) | |
4487 .IPs <threshold> | |
4488 filter all (0), filter flat areas (0\-30) or filter edges (-30\-0) | |
4489 .RE | |
4490 .PD 1 | |
4491 . | |
4492 .TP | |
4493 .B perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t | |
4494 Correct the perspective of movies not filmed perpendicular to the screen. | |
4495 .PD 0 | |
4496 .RSs | |
4497 .IPs x0,y0,... | |
4498 coordinates of the top left, top right, bottom left, bottom right corners | |
4499 .IPs t\ \ \ \ | |
4500 linear (0) or cubic resampling (1) | |
4501 .RE | |
4502 .PD 1 | |
4503 . | |
4504 .TP | |
4505 .B 2xsai\ \ | |
4506 Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate algorithm. | |
4507 . | |
4508 .TP | |
4509 .B 1bpp\ \ \ | |
4510 1bpp bitmap to YUV/\:BGR 8/\:15/\:16/\:32 conversion | |
4511 . | |
4512 .TP | |
4513 .B down3dright[=lines] | |
4514 Reposition and resize stereoscopic images. | |
4515 Extracts both stereo fields and places them side by side, resizing | |
4516 them to maintain the original movie aspect. | |
4517 .PD 0 | |
4518 .RSs | |
4519 .IPs lines | |
4520 number of lines to select from the middle of the image (default: 12) | |
4521 .RE | |
4522 .PD 1 | |
4523 . | |
4524 .TP | |
4525 .B bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo | |
4526 The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays them | |
4527 on top of the movie, allowing some transformations on the image. | |
4528 Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test program. | |
4529 .PD 0 | |
4530 .RSs | |
4531 .IPs <hidden> | |
4532 Set the default value of the 'hidden' flag (0=visible, 1=hidden). | |
4533 .IPs <opaque> | |
4534 Set the default value of the 'opaque' flag (0=transparent, 1=opaque). | |
4535 .IPs <fifo> | |
4536 path/\:filename for the FIFO (named pipe connecting mplayer \-vf bmovl to the | |
4537 controlling application) | |
4538 .RE | |
4539 .PD 1 | |
4540 .sp 1 | |
4541 .RS | |
4542 FIFO commands are: | |
4543 .RE | |
4544 .PD 0 | |
4545 .RSs | |
4546 .IPs "RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear" | |
4547 followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data. | |
4548 .IPs "ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear" | |
4549 followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data. | |
4550 .IPs "RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear" | |
4551 followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data. | |
4552 .IPs "BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear" | |
4553 followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data. | |
4554 .IPs "ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha" | |
4555 Change alpha transparency of the specified area. | |
4556 .IPs "CLEAR width height xpos ypos" | |
4557 Clear area. | |
4558 .IPs OPAQUE | |
4559 Disable all alpha transparency. | |
4560 Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0" to enable it again. | |
4561 .IPs HIDE\ | |
4562 Hide bitmap. | |
4563 .IPs SHOW\ | |
4564 Show bitmap. | |
4565 .RE | |
4566 .PD 1 | |
4567 .sp 1 | |
4568 .RS | |
4569 Arguments are: | |
4570 .RE | |
4571 .PD 0 | |
4572 .RSs | |
4573 .IPs "width, height" | |
4574 image/area size | |
4575 .IPs "xpos, ypos" | |
4576 Start blitting at position x/y. | |
4577 .IPs alpha | |
4578 Set alpha difference. | |
4579 If you set this to -255 you can then send a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set | |
4580 the area to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;) | |
4581 .RSss | |
4582 0: same as original | |
4583 .br | |
4584 255: Make everything opaque. | |
4585 .br | |
4586 -255: Make everything transparent. | |
4587 .REss | |
4588 .IPs clear | |
4589 Clear the framebuffer before blitting. | |
4590 .RSss | |
4591 0: The image will just be blitted on top of the old one, so you do not need to | |
4592 send 1.8MB of RGBA32 data every time a small part of the screen is updated. | |
4593 .br | |
4594 1: clear | |
4595 .REss | |
4596 .RE | |
4597 .PD 1 | |
4598 . | |
4599 .TP | |
4600 .B framestep=I|[i]step | |
4601 Renders only every nth frame or every Intra (key) frame. | |
4602 .sp 1 | |
4603 If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then ONLY | |
4604 keyframes are rendered. | |
4605 For DVDs it generally means one in every 15/\:12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), | |
4606 for AVI it means every scene change or every keyint value (see \-lavcopts | |
4607 keyint= value if you use MEncoder to encode the video). | |
4608 .sp 1 | |
4609 When a keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by a newline character is | |
4610 printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/\:MEncoder output on the screen, | |
4611 because it contains the time (in seconds) and frame number of the keyframe | |
4612 (You can use this information to split the AVI.). | |
4613 .sp 1 | |
4614 If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only one in | |
4615 every 'step' frames is rendered. | |
4616 .sp 1 | |
4617 If you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an I! is printed | |
4618 (like the I parameter). | |
4619 .sp 1 | |
4620 If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames, only I! is | |
4621 printed. | |
4622 . | |
4623 .TP | |
4624 .B tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta | |
4625 Tile a series of images into a single, bigger image. | |
4626 If you omit a parameter or use a value less than 0, then the default | |
4627 value is used. | |
4628 You can also stop when you are satisfied (... \-vf tile=10:5 ...). | |
4629 It is probably a good idea to put the scale filter before the tile :-) | |
4630 .sp 1 | |
4631 The parameters are: | |
4632 .sp 1 | |
4633 .PD 0 | |
4634 .RSs | |
4635 .IPs <xtiles> | |
4636 number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5) | |
4637 .IPs <ytiles> | |
4638 number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5) | |
4639 .IPs <output> | |
4640 Render the tile when 'output' number of frames are reached, where 'output' | |
4641 should be a number less than xtile * ytile. | |
4642 Missing tiles are left blank. | |
4643 You could, for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50 frames to have one | |
4644 image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps. | |
4645 .IPs <start> | |
4646 outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2) | |
4647 .IPs <delta> | |
4648 inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4) | |
4649 .RE | |
4650 .PD 1 | |
4651 . | |
4652 .TP | |
4653 .B delogo[=x:y:w:h:t] | |
4654 Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the | |
4655 surrounding pixels. | |
4656 Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and | |
4657 sometimes something even uglier appear \- your mileage may vary). | |
4658 .PD 0 | |
4659 .RSs | |
4660 .IPs x,y | |
4661 top left corner of the logo | |
4662 .IPs w,h | |
4663 width and height of the cleared rectangle | |
4664 .IPs t | |
4665 Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w and h). | |
4666 When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to | |
4667 simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parameters. | |
4668 .RE | |
4669 .PD 1 | |
4670 . | |
4671 .TP | |
4672 .B zrmjpeg[=options] | |
4673 Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video | |
4674 output device. | |
4675 .RSs | |
4676 .IPs maxheight=h|maxwidth=w | |
4677 These options set the maximum width and height the zr card | |
4678 can handle (the MPlayer filter layer currently cannot query those). | |
4679 .IPs {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC} | |
4680 Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight automatically to the | |
4681 values known for card/\:mode combo. | |
4682 For example, valid options are: dc10-PAL and buz-NTSC (default: dc10+PAL) | |
4683 .IPs color|bw | |
4684 Select color or black and white encoding. | |
4685 Black and white encoding is faster. | |
4686 Color is the default. | |
4687 .IPs hdec={1,2,4} | |
4688 Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4. | |
4689 .IPs vdec={1,2,4} | |
4690 Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4. | |
4691 .IPs quality=1-20 | |
4692 Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD]. | |
4693 .IPs fd|nofd | |
4694 By default, decimation is only performed if the Zoran hardware | |
4695 can upscale the resulting MJPEG images to the original size. | |
4696 The option fd instructs the filter to always perform the requested | |
4697 decimation (ugly). | |
4698 .RE | |
4699 . | |
4700 . | |
4701 . | |
4702 .SH "GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)" | |
4703 . | |
4704 .TP | |
4705 .B \-audio-delay <0.0\-...> | |
4706 Sets the audio delay field in the header. | |
4707 Default is 0.0, negative values do not work. | |
4708 This does not delay the audio while encoding, but the player will see the | |
4709 default audio delay, sparing you the use of the \-delay option. | |
4710 . | |
4711 .TP | |
4712 .B \-audio-density <1\-50> | |
4713 Number of audio chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long audio chunks). | |
4714 .br | |
4715 .I NOTE: | |
4716 CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new chunk. | |
4717 . | |
4718 .TP | |
4719 .B \-audio-preload <0.0\-2.0> | |
4720 Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s). | |
4721 . | |
4722 .TP | |
4723 .B \-endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see \-ss and \-sb) | |
4724 Stop encoding at the given time or byte position. | |
4725 .br | |
4726 .I NOTE: | |
4727 Byte position will not be accurate, as it can only stop at | |
4728 a frame boundary. | |
4729 .sp 1 | |
4730 .I EXAMPLE: | |
4731 .PD 0 | |
4732 .RSs | |
4733 .IPs "\-endpos 56" | |
4734 Encode only 56 seconds. | |
4735 .IPs "\-endpos 01:10:00" | |
4736 Encode only 1 hour 10 minutes. | |
4737 .IPs "\-endpos 100mb" | |
4738 Encode only 100 MBytes. | |
4739 .RE | |
4740 .PD 1 | |
4741 . | |
4742 .TP | |
4743 .B \-ffourcc <fourcc> | |
4744 Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file. | |
4745 .sp 1 | |
4746 .I EXAMPLE: | |
4747 .PD 0 | |
4748 .RSs | |
4749 .IPs "\-ffourcc div3" | |
4750 Will have the output file contain 'div3' as video fourcc. | |
4751 .RE | |
4752 .PD 1 | |
4753 . | |
4754 .TP | |
4755 .B \-force-avi-aspect <0.2\-3.0> | |
4756 Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header. | |
4757 This can be used to change the aspect ratio with \-ovc copy. | |
4758 . | |
4759 .TP | |
4760 .B \-info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only) | |
4761 Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file. | |
4762 .sp 1 | |
4763 Available options are: | |
4764 .RSs | |
4765 .IPs help\ | |
4766 Show this description. | |
4767 .IPs name=<value> | |
4768 title of the work | |
4769 .IPs artist=<value> | |
4770 artist or author of the work | |
4771 .IPs genre=<value> | |
4772 original work category | |
4773 .IPs subject=<value> | |
4774 contents of the work | |
4775 .IPs copyright=<value> | |
4776 copyright information | |
4777 .IPs srcform=<value> | |
4778 original format of the digitized material | |
4779 .IPs comment=<value> | |
4780 general comments about the work | |
4781 .RE | |
4782 . | |
4783 .TP | |
4784 .B \-noautoexpand | |
4785 Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the MEncoder filter chain. | |
4786 Useful to control at which point of the filter chain subtitles are rendered | |
4787 when hardcoding subtitles onto a movie. | |
4788 . | |
4789 .TP | |
4790 .B \-noencodedups | |
4791 Do not attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always output | |
4792 zero-byte frames to indicate duplicates. | |
4793 Zero-byte frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder | |
4794 capable of doing duplicate encoding is loaded. | |
4795 Currently the only such filter is harddup. | |
4796 . | |
4797 .TP | |
4798 .B \-noodml (\-of avi only) | |
4799 Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB. | |
4800 . | |
4801 .TP | |
4802 .B \-noskip | |
4803 Do not skip frames. | |
4804 . | |
4805 .TP | |
4806 .B \-o <filename> | |
4807 Outputs to the given filename, instead of the default 'test.avi'. | |
4808 . | |
4809 .TP | |
4810 .B \-oac <codec name> | |
4811 Encode with the given audio codec (no default set). | |
4812 .br | |
4813 .I NOTE: | |
4814 Use \-oac help to get a list of available audio codecs. | |
4815 .sp 1 | |
4816 .I EXAMPLE: | |
4817 .PD 0 | |
4818 .RSs | |
4819 .IPs "\-oac copy" | |
4820 no encoding, just streamcopy | |
4821 .IPs "\-oac pcm" | |
4822 Encode to uncompressed PCM. | |
4823 .IPs "\-oac mp3lame" | |
4824 Encode to MP3 (using LAME). | |
4825 .IPs "\-oac lavc" | |
4826 Encode with a libavcodec codec. | |
4827 .RE | |
4828 .PD 1 | |
4829 . | |
4830 .TP | |
4831 .B \-of <format> (BETA CODE!) | |
4832 Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI). | |
4833 .br | |
4834 .I NOTE: | |
4835 Use \-of help to get a list of available container formats. | |
4836 .sp 1 | |
4837 .I EXAMPLE: | |
4838 .PD 0 | |
4839 .RSs | |
4840 .IPs "\-of avi" | |
4841 Encode to AVI. | |
4842 .IPs "\-of mpeg" | |
4843 Encode to MPEG. | |
4844 .IPs "\-of rawvideo" | |
4845 raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only) | |
4846 .RE | |
4847 .PD 1 | |
4848 . | |
4849 .TP | |
4850 .B \-ofps <fps> | |
4851 Specify a frames per second (fps) value for the output file, | |
4852 which can be different from that of the source material. | |
4853 Must be set for variable fps (ASF, some MOV) and progressive | |
4854 (29.97fps telecined MPEG) files. | |
4855 . | |
4856 .TP | |
4857 .B \-ovc <codec name> | |
4858 Encode with the given video codec (no default set). | |
4859 .br | |
4860 .I NOTE: | |
4861 Use \-ovc help to get a list of available video codecs. | |
4862 .sp 1 | |
4863 .I EXAMPLE: | |
4864 .PD 0 | |
4865 .RSs | |
4866 .IPs "\-ovc copy" | |
4867 no encoding, just streamcopy | |
4868 .IPs "\-ovc divx4" | |
4869 Encode to DivX4/\:DivX5. | |
4870 .IPs "\-ovc raw" | |
4871 Encode to an arbitrary uncompressed format (use \-vf format to select). | |
4872 .IPs "\-ovc lavc" | |
4873 Encode with a libavcodec codec. | |
4874 .RE | |
4875 .PD 1 | |
4876 . | |
4877 .TP | |
4878 .B \-passlogfile <filename> | |
4879 Dump first pass information to <filename> instead of the default divx2pass.log | |
4880 in 2-pass encoding mode. | |
4881 . | |
4882 .TP | |
4883 .B \-skiplimit <value> | |
4884 Specify the maximum number of frames that may be skipped after | |
4885 encoding one frame (\-noskiplimit for unlimited). | |
4886 . | |
4887 .TP | |
4888 .B \-vobsubout <basename> | |
4889 Specify the basename for the output .idx and .sub files. | |
4890 This turns off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it to | |
4891 VOBsub subtitle files. | |
4892 . | |
4893 .TP | |
4894 .B \-vobsuboutid <langid> | |
4895 Specify the language two letter code for the subtitles. | |
4896 This overrides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file. | |
4897 . | |
4898 .TP | |
4899 .B \-vobsuboutindex <index> | |
4900 Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default: 0). | |
4901 . | |
4902 . | |
4903 . | |
4904 .SH "CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)" | |
4905 You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following | |
4906 syntax: | |
4907 . | |
4908 .TP | |
4909 .B \-<codec>opts <option1[=value],option2,...> | |
4910 . | |
4911 .PP | |
4912 Where <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, divx4, lame, toolame, x264enc | |
4913 . | |
4914 . | |
4915 .SS divx4 (\-divx4opts) | |
4916 DivX4 is obsolete and only supported for completeness. | |
4917 For details about DivX4 options, read the source, most options are not | |
4918 described here. | |
4919 . | |
4920 .TP | |
4921 .B help\ \ \ | |
4922 get help | |
4923 . | |
4924 .TP | |
4925 .B br=<value> | |
4926 Specify bitrate. | |
4927 .RSs | |
4928 .IPs 4\-16000 | |
4929 (in kbit) | |
4930 .IPs 16001\-24000000 | |
4931 (in bit) | |
4932 .RE | |
4933 . | |
4934 .TP | |
4935 .B key=<value> | |
4936 maximum keyframe interval (in frames) | |
4937 . | |
4938 .TP | |
4939 .B deinterlace | |
4940 Enable deinterlacing (avoid it, DivX4 is buggy). | |
4941 . | |
4942 .TP | |
4943 .B q=<1\-5> | |
4944 quality (1\-fastest, 5\-best) | |
4945 . | |
4946 .TP | |
4947 .B min_quant=<1\-31> | |
4948 minimum quantizer | |
4949 . | |
4950 .TP | |
4951 .B max_quant=<1\-31> | |
4952 maximum quantizer | |
4953 . | |
4954 .TP | |
4955 .B rc_period=<value> | |
4956 rate control period | |
4957 . | |
4958 .TP | |
4959 .B rc_reaction_period=<value> | |
4960 rate control reaction period | |
4961 . | |
4962 .TP | |
4963 .B rc_reaction_ratio=<value> | |
4964 rate control reaction ratio | |
4965 . | |
4966 .TP | |
4967 .B crispness=<0\-100> | |
4968 Specify crispness/\:smoothness. | |
4969 . | |
4970 .TP | |
4971 .B pass=<1\-2> | |
4972 With this you can encode 2pass DivX4 files. | |
4973 First encode with pass=1, then do another encode with the | |
4974 same parameters and pass=2. | |
4975 . | |
4976 .TP | |
4977 .B vbrpass=<0\-2> | |
4978 Override the pass argument and use the XviD VBR library instead of DivX4 VBR. | |
4979 Available options are: | |
4980 .RSs | |
4981 .IPs 0 | |
4982 one pass encoding (as in not putting pass on the command line) | |
4983 .IPs 1 | |
4984 Analysis (first) pass of two pass encoding. | |
4985 The resulting AVI file can be directed to /dev/\:null. | |
4986 .IPs 2 | |
4987 Final (second) pass of two pass encoding. | |
4988 .RE | |
4989 . | |
4990 . | |
4991 .SS lame (\-lameopts) | |
4992 . | |
4993 .TP | |
4994 .B help\ \ \ | |
4995 get help | |
4996 . | |
4997 .TP | |
4998 .B vbr=<0\-4> | |
4999 variable bitrate method | |
5000 .PD 0 | |
5001 .RSs | |
5002 .IPs 0 | |
5003 cbr | |
5004 .IPs 1 | |
5005 mt | |
5006 .IPs 2 | |
5007 rh (default) | |
5008 .IPs 3 | |
5009 abr | |
5010 .IPs 4 | |
5011 mtrh | |
5012 .RE | |
5013 .PD 1 | |
5014 . | |
5015 .TP | |
5016 .B abr\ \ \ \ | |
5017 average bitrate | |
5018 . | |
5019 .TP | |
5020 .B cbr\ \ \ \ | |
5021 constant bitrate | |
5022 Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR presets modes. | |
5023 . | |
5024 .TP | |
5025 .B br=<0\-1024> | |
5026 bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only) | |
5027 . | |
5028 .TP | |
5029 .B q=<0\-9> | |
5030 quality (0\-highest, 9\-lowest) (VBR only) | |
5031 . | |
5032 .TP | |
5033 .B aq=<0\-9> | |
5034 algorithmic quality (0\-best/\:slowest, 9\-worst/\:fastest) | |
5035 . | |
5036 .TP | |
5037 .B ratio=<1\-100> | |
5038 compression ratio | |
5039 . | |
5040 .TP | |
5041 .B vol=<0\-10> | |
5042 audio input gain | |
5043 . | |
5044 .TP | |
5045 .B mode=<0\-3> | |
5046 (default: auto) | |
5047 .PD 0 | |
5048 .RSs | |
5049 .IPs 0 | |
5050 stereo | |
5051 .IPs 1 | |
5052 joint-stereo | |
5053 .IPs 2 | |
5054 dualchannel | |
5055 .IPs 3 | |
5056 mono | |
5057 .RE | |
5058 .PD 1 | |
5059 . | |
5060 .TP | |
5061 .B padding=<0\-2> | |
5062 .PD 0 | |
5063 .RSs | |
5064 .IPs 0 | |
5065 none | |
5066 .IPs 1 | |
5067 all | |
5068 .IPs 2 | |
5069 adjust | |
5070 .RE | |
5071 .PD 1 | |
5072 . | |
5073 .TP | |
5074 .B fast\ \ \ | |
5075 Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes. | |
5076 This results in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates. | |
5077 . | |
5078 .TP | |
5079 .B highpassfreq=<freq> | |
5080 Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz. | |
5081 Frequencies below the specified one will be cut off. | |
5082 A value of -1 will disable filtering, a value of 0 | |
5083 will let LAME choose values automatically. | |
5084 . | |
5085 .TP | |
5086 .B lowpassfreq=<freq> | |
5087 Set a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz. | |
5088 Frequencies above the specified one will be cut off. | |
5089 A value of -1 will disable filtering, a value of 0 | |
5090 will let LAME choose values automatically. | |
5091 . | |
5092 .TP | |
5093 .B preset=<value> | |
5094 preset values | |
5095 .RSs | |
5096 .IPs help\ | |
5097 Print additional options and information about presets settings. | |
5098 .IPs medium | |
5099 VBR encoding, good quality, 150\-180 kbps bitrate range | |
5100 .IPs standard | |
5101 VBR encoding, high quality, 170\-210 kbps bitrate range | |
5102 .IPs extreme | |
5103 VBR encoding, very high quality, 200\-240 kbps bitrate range | |
5104 .IPs insane | |
5105 CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate | |
5106 .IPs <8\-320> | |
5107 ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate | |
5108 .RE | |
5109 .sp 1 | |
5110 .RS | |
5111 .I EXAMPLE: | |
5112 .RE | |
5113 .PD 0 | |
5114 .RSs | |
5115 .IPs fast:preset=standard | |
5116 suitable for most people and most music types and already quite high quality | |
5117 .IPs cbr:preset=192 | |
5118 Encode with ABR presets at a 192 kbps forced constant bitrate. | |
5119 .IPs preset=172 | |
5120 Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate. | |
5121 .IPs preset=extreme | |
5122 for people with extremely good hearing and similar equipment | |
5123 .RE | |
5124 .PD 1 | |
5125 . | |
5126 . | |
5127 .SS toolame (\-toolameopts) | |
5128 . | |
5129 .TP | |
5130 .B br=<0\-384> (CBR only) | |
5131 bitrate in kbps | |
5132 .TP | |
5133 .B mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual> | |
5134 (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise) | |
5135 .TP | |
5136 .B psy=<0\-3> | |
5137 psychoacoustic model (default: 2) | |
5138 .TP | |
5139 .B errprot=<0 | 1> | |
5140 Include error protection. | |
5141 .TP | |
5142 .B debug=<0\-10> | |
5143 debug level | |
5144 .RE | |
5145 .PD 1 | |
5146 . | |
5147 . | |
5148 .SS lavc (\-lavcopts) | |
5149 Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented. | |
5150 Read the source for full details. | |
5151 .PP | |
5152 .I EXAMPLE: | |
5153 .PD 0 | |
5154 .RSs | |
5155 .IPs vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250 | |
5156 .RE | |
5157 .PD 1 | |
5158 . | |
5159 .TP | |
5160 .B acodec=<value> | |
5161 audio codec (default: mp2) | |
5162 .PD 0 | |
5163 .RSs | |
5164 .IPs mp2\ \ | |
5165 MPEG Layer 2 | |
5166 .IPs mp3\ \ | |
5167 MPEG Layer 3 | |
5168 .IPs ac3\ \ | |
5169 AC3 | |
5170 .IPs adpcm_ima_wav | |
5171 IMA Adaptive PCM (4bits per sample, 4:1 compression) | |
5172 .RE | |
5173 .PD 1 | |
5174 . | |
5175 .TP | |
5176 .B abitrate=<value> | |
5177 audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224) | |
5178 . | |
5179 .TP | |
5180 .B atag=<value> | |
5181 Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g.\& atag=0x55). | |
5182 . | |
5183 .TP | |
5184 .B bit_exact | |
5185 Use only bit exact algorithms (except (I)DCT). | |
5186 Additionally bit_exact disables several optimizations and thus | |
5187 should only be used for regression tests, which need binary | |
5188 identical files even if the encoder version changes. | |
5189 This also suppresses the user_data header in MPEG-4 streams. | |
5190 Do not use this option unless you know exactly what you are doing. | |
5191 . | |
5192 .TP | |
5193 .B threads=<1\-8> | |
5194 Maximum number of threads to use (default: 1). | |
5195 May have a slight negative effect on motion estimation. | |
5196 .RE | |
5197 . | |
5198 .TP | |
5199 .B vcodec=<value> | |
5200 Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4). | |
5201 .PD 0 | |
5202 .RSs | |
5203 .IPs mjpeg | |
5204 Motion JPEG | |
5205 .IPs ljpeg | |
5206 Lossless JPEG | |
5207 .IPs h263\ | |
5208 H.263 | |
5209 .IPs h263p | |
5210 H.263+ | |
5211 .IPs mpeg4 | |
5212 DivX 4/\:5 | |
5213 .IPs msmpeg4 | |
5214 DivX 3 | |
5215 .IPs msmpeg4v2 | |
5216 MS MPEG4v2 | |
5217 .IPs wmv1\ | |
5218 Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7) | |
5219 .IPs wmv2\ | |
5220 Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8) | |
5221 .IPs rv10\ | |
5222 an old RealVideo codec | |
5223 .IPs mpeg1video | |
5224 MPEG1 video | |
5225 .IPs mpeg2video | |
5226 MPEG2 video | |
5227 .IPs huffyuv | |
5228 HuffYUV | |
5229 .IPs asv1\ | |
5230 ASUS Video v1 | |
5231 .IPs asv2\ | |
5232 ASUS Video v2 | |
5233 .IPs ffv1\ | |
5234 FFmpeg's lossless video codec | |
5235 .RE | |
5236 .PD 1 | |
5237 . | |
5238 .TP | |
5239 .B vqmin=<1\-31> | |
5240 minimum quantizer (pass\ 1/\:2) | |
5241 .RSs | |
5242 .IPs 1 | |
5243 Not recommended (much larger file, little quality difference and weird side | |
5244 effects: msmpeg4, h263 will be very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused | |
5245 resulting in lower quality and some decoders will not be able to decode it). | |
5246 .IPs 2 | |
5247 Recommended for normal mpeg4/\:mpeg1video encoding (default). | |
5248 .IPs 3 | |
5249 Recommended for h263(p)/\:msmpeg4. | |
5250 The reason for preferring 3 over 2 is that 2 could lead to overflows. | |
5251 (This will be fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer per MB in | |
5252 the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it does not support that.) | |
5253 .RE | |
5254 . | |
5255 .TP | |
5256 .B lmin=<0.01\-255.0> | |
5257 Minimum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol, you probably want it to be | |
5258 equal to or lower than vqmin (default: 2.0). | |
5259 .RE | |
5260 . | |
5261 .TP | |
5262 .B lmax=<0.01\-255.0> | |
5263 maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0) | |
5264 .RE | |
5265 . | |
5266 .TP | |
5267 .B vqscale=<1\-31> | |
5268 Constant quantizer /\: constant quality encoding (selects fixed quantizer mode). | |
5269 A lower value means better quality but larger files (default: 0 (disabled)). | |
5270 1 is not recommended (see vqmin for details). | |
5271 . | |
5272 .TP | |
5273 .B vqmax=<1\-31> | |
5274 Maximum quantizer (pass\ 1/\:2), 10\-31 should be a sane range (default: 31). | |
5275 . | |
5276 .TP | |
5277 .B mbqmin=<1\-31> | |
5278 minimum macroblock quantizer (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 2) | |
5279 . | |
5280 .TP | |
5281 .B mbqmax=<1\-31> | |
5282 maximum macroblock quantizer (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 31) | |
5283 . | |
5284 .TP | |
5285 .B vqdiff=<1\-31> | |
5286 maximum quantizer difference between I- or P-frames (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 3) | |
5287 . | |
5288 .TP | |
5289 .B vmax_b_frames=<0\-4> | |
5290 maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames: | |
5291 .PD 0 | |
5292 .RSs | |
5293 .IPs 0 | |
5294 no B-frames (default) | |
5295 .IPs 0\-2 | |
5296 sane range for MPEG4 | |
5297 .RE | |
5298 .PD 1 | |
5299 . | |
5300 .TP | |
5301 .B vme=<0\-5> | |
5302 motion estimation method. | |
5303 Available methods are: | |
5304 .PD 0 | |
5305 .RSs | |
5306 .IPs 0 | |
5307 none (very low quality) | |
5308 .IPs 1 | |
5309 full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled) | |
5310 .IPs 2 | |
5311 log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled) | |
5312 .IPs 3 | |
5313 phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled) | |
5314 .IPs 4 | |
5315 EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia options | |
5316 (default) | |
5317 .IPs 5 | |
5318 X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS) | |
5319 .RE | |
5320 .PD 1 | |
5321 .sp 1 | |
5322 .RS | |
5323 .br | |
5324 .I NOTE: | |
5325 0\-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, | |
5326 so quality may be low. | |
5327 .RE | |
5328 . | |
5329 .TP | |
5330 .B me_range=<0\-9999> | |
5331 motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited)) | |
5332 . | |
5333 .TP | |
5334 .B mbd=<0\-2> | |
5335 Macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode), encode each macro | |
5336 block in all modes and choose the best. | |
5337 This is slow but results in better quality and file size. | |
5338 .PD 0 | |
5339 .RSs | |
5340 .IPs 0 | |
5341 Use mbcmp (default). | |
5342 .IPs 1 | |
5343 Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq). | |
5344 .IPs 2 | |
5345 Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion. | |
5346 .RE | |
5347 .PD 1 | |
5348 . | |
5349 .TP | |
5350 .B vhq\ \ \ \ | |
5351 Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons. | |
5352 . | |
5353 .TP | |
5354 .B v4mv\ \ \ | |
5355 Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality). | |
5356 Works better if used with mbd>0. | |
5357 . | |
5358 .TP | |
5359 .B obmc\ \ \ | |
5360 overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+) | |
5361 . | |
5362 .TP | |
5363 .B loop\ \ \ | |
5364 loop filter (H.263+) | |
5365 note, this is broken | |
5366 . | |
5367 .TP | |
5368 .B inter_threshold <-1000\-1000> | |
5369 Does absolutely nothing at the moment. | |
5370 . | |
5371 .TP | |
5372 .B keyint=<0\-300> | |
5373 maximum interval between keyframes in frames (default: 250 or one | |
5374 keyframe every ten seconds in a 25fps movie). | |
5375 Keyframes are needed for seeking as seeking is only possible to a keyframe but | |
5376 keyframes need more space than other frames so larger numbers here mean | |
5377 slightly smaller files, but less precise seeking, 0 means no keyframes. | |
5378 Values >300 are not recommended as the quality might be bad depending upon | |
5379 decoder, encoder and luck. | |
5380 For a strict MPEG1/\:2/\:4 compliance this would have to be <=132. | |
5381 . | |
5382 .TP | |
5383 .B sc_threshold=<-1000000\-1000000> | |
5384 Threshold for scene change detection. | |
5385 Libavcodec inserts a keyframe when it detects a scene change. | |
5386 You can specify the sensitivity of the detection with this option. | |
5387 -1000000 means there is a scene change detected at every frame, 1000000 means | |
5388 no scene changes are detected (default 0). | |
5389 . | |
5390 .TP | |
5391 .B vb_strategy=<0\-1> | |
5392 strategy to choose between I/\:P/\:B-frames (pass\ 2): | |
5393 .PD 0 | |
5394 .RSs | |
5395 .IPs 0 | |
5396 Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default). | |
5397 .IPs 1 | |
5398 Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes. | |
5399 This will cause bitrate misprediction. | |
5400 .RE | |
5401 .PD 1 | |
5402 . | |
5403 .TP | |
5404 .B vpass=<1\-3> | |
5405 Activates internal two (or three) pass mode, only specify if you wish to | |
5406 use two (or three) pass encoding. | |
5407 .PD 0 | |
5408 .RSs | |
5409 .IPs 1 | |
5410 first pass (also see turbo) | |
5411 .IPs 2 | |
5412 second pass | |
5413 .IPs 3 | |
5414 Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass encoding) | |
5415 .RE | |
5416 .RS | |
5417 Here is how it works, and how to use it: | |
5418 .br | |
5419 The first pass (vpass=1) writes the stats file. | |
5420 You might want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" | |
5421 mode does. | |
5422 .br | |
5423 In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the stats file and | |
5424 bases ratecontrol decisions on it. | |
5425 .br | |
5426 In three pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a typo ) | |
5427 does both: It first reads the stats, then overwrites them. | |
5428 You might want to backup divx2pass.log before doing this if there is | |
5429 any possibility that you will have to cancel MEncoder. | |
5430 You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options like "qns". | |
5431 .br | |
5432 The third pass (vpass=3) is the same as the second pass, except that it has | |
5433 the second pass's stats to work from. | |
5434 You can use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones. | |
5435 .RE | |
5436 .PD 1 | |
5437 .sp 1 | |
5438 .RS | |
5439 huffyuv: | |
5440 .RE | |
5441 .PD 0 | |
5442 .RSs | |
5443 .IPs "pass 1" | |
5444 Saves statistics. | |
5445 .IPs "pass 2" | |
5446 Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon statistics | |
5447 from the first pass. | |
5448 .RE | |
5449 .PD 1 | |
5450 . | |
5451 .TP | |
5452 .B turbo (2-pass only) | |
5453 Dramatically speeds up pass 1 using faster algorithms and disabling | |
5454 CPU-intensive options. | |
5455 This will probably reduce global PSNR a little bit (around 0.01dB) and | |
5456 change individual frame type and PSNR little bit more (up to 0.03dB). | |
5457 . | |
5458 .TP | |
5459 .B aspect=<x/\:y> | |
5460 Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files. | |
5461 Much nicer than rescaling, because quality is not decreased. | |
5462 Only MPlayer will play these files correctly, other players will display | |
5463 them with wrong aspect. | |
5464 The aspect parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point number. | |
5465 .sp 1 | |
5466 .RS | |
5467 .I EXAMPLE: | |
5468 .RE | |
5469 .RSs | |
5470 .PD 0 | |
5471 .IPs "aspect=16/\:9 or aspect=1.78" | |
5472 .PD 1 | |
5473 .RE | |
5474 . | |
5475 .TP | |
5476 .B autoaspect | |
5477 Same as the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect, taking | |
5478 into account all the adjustments (crop/\:expand/\:scale/\:etc.) made in the | |
5479 filter chain. | |
5480 Does not incur a performance penalty, so you can safely leave it | |
5481 always on. | |
5482 . | |
5483 .TP | |
5484 .B vbitrate=<value> | |
5485 Specify bitrate (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 800). | |
5486 .br | |
5487 .I WARNING: | |
5488 1kBit = 1000 Bits | |
5489 .PD 0 | |
5490 .RSs | |
5491 .IPs 4\-16000 | |
5492 (in kbit) | |
5493 .IPs 16001\-24000000 | |
5494 (in bit) | |
5495 .RE | |
5496 .PD 1 | |
5497 . | |
5498 .TP | |
5499 .B vratetol=<value> | |
5500 approximated filesize tolerance in kBit. | |
5501 1000\-100000 is a sane range. | |
5502 (warning: 1kBit = 1000 Bits) | |
5503 (default: 8000) | |
5504 .br | |
5505 .I NOTE: | |
5506 vratetol should not be too large during the second pass or there might | |
5507 be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used. | |
5508 . | |
5509 .TP | |
5510 .B vrc_maxrate=<value> | |
5511 maximum bitrate in kbit/\:sec (pass\ 1/\:2) | |
5512 (default: 0, unlimited) | |
5513 . | |
5514 .TP | |
5515 .B vrc_minrate=<value> | |
5516 minimum bitrate in kbit/\:sec (pass\ 1/\:2) | |
5517 (default: 0, unlimited) | |
5518 . | |
5519 .TP | |
5520 .B vrc_buf_size=<value> | |
5521 buffer size in kbit (pass\ 1/\:2). | |
5522 For MPEG1/\:2 this also sets the vbv buffer size, use 327 for VCD, | |
5523 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD. | |
5524 . | |
5525 .TP | |
5526 .B vrc_buf_aggressivity | |
5527 currently useless | |
5528 . | |
5529 .TP | |
5530 .B vrc_strategy | |
5531 Dummy, reserved for future use. | |
5532 . | |
5533 .TP | |
5534 .B vb_qfactor=<-31.0\-31.0> | |
5535 quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 1.25) | |
5536 . | |
5537 .TP | |
5538 .B vi_qfactor=<-31.0\-31.0> | |
5539 quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 0.8) | |
5540 . | |
5541 .TP | |
5542 .B vb_qoffset=<-31.0\-31.0> | |
5543 quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 1.25) | |
5544 . | |
5545 .TP | |
5546 .B vi_qoffset=<-31.0\-31.0> | |
5547 (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 0.0) | |
5548 .br | |
5549 if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0 | |
5550 .br | |
5551 I/\:B-frame quantizer = P-frame quantizer * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset | |
5552 .br | |
5553 else | |
5554 .br | |
5555 do normal ratecontrol (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer) and | |
5556 set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset | |
5557 .br | |
5558 .I HINT: | |
5559 To do constant quantizer encoding with different quantizers for | |
5560 I/\:P- and B-frames you can use: | |
5561 lmin= <ip_quant>:lmax= <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/\:ip_quant>. | |
5562 . | |
5563 .TP | |
5564 .B vqblur=<0.0\-1.0> (pass 1) | |
5565 Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values will average the | |
5566 quantizer more over time (slower change). | |
5567 .PD 0 | |
5568 .RSs | |
5569 .IPs 0.0 | |
5570 Quantizer blur disabled. | |
5571 .IPs 1.0 | |
5572 Average the quantizer over all previous frames. | |
5573 .RE | |
5574 .PD 1 | |
5575 . | |
5576 .TP | |
5577 .B vqblur=<0.0\-99.0> (pass 2) | |
5578 Quantizer gaussian blur (default: 0.5), larger values will average | |
5579 the quantizer more over time (slower change). | |
5580 . | |
5581 .TP | |
5582 .B vqcomp=<value> | |
5583 Quantizer compression, depends upon vrc_eq (pass\ 1/\:2) (default: 0.5). | |
5584 . | |
5585 .TP | |
5586 .B vrc_eq=<equation> | |
5587 main ratecontrol equation (pass\ 1/\:2) | |
5588 .RE | |
5589 .RSs | |
5590 .IPs 1\ \ \ \ | |
5591 constant bitrate | |
5592 .IPs tex\ \ | |
5593 constant quality | |
5594 .IPs 1+(tex/\:avgTex-1)*qComp | |
5595 approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code | |
5596 .IPs tex^qComp | |
5597 with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default) | |
5598 .RE | |
5599 .PP | |
5600 .RS | |
5601 infix operators: | |
5602 .RE | |
5603 .RSs | |
5604 .IPs +,-,*,/,^ | |
5605 .RE | |
5606 .PP | |
5607 .RS | |
5608 variables: | |
5609 .RE | |
5610 .RSs | |
5611 .IPs tex\ \ | |
5612 texture complexity | |
5613 .IPs iTex,pTex | |
5614 intra, non-intra texture complexity | |
5615 .IPs avgTex | |
5616 average texture complexity | |
5617 .IPs avgIITex | |
5618 average intra texture complexity in I-frames | |
5619 .IPs avgPITex | |
5620 average intra texture complexity in P-frames | |
5621 .IPs avgPPTex | |
5622 average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames | |
5623 .IPs avgBPTex | |
5624 average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames | |
5625 .IPs mv\ \ \ | |
5626 Bits used for motion vectors | |
5627 .IPs fCode | |
5628 maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale | |
5629 .IPs iCount | |
5630 number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks | |
5631 .IPs var\ \ | |
5632 spatial complexity | |
5633 .IPs mcVar | |
5634 temporal complexity | |
5635 .IPs qComp | |
5636 qcomp from the command line | |
5637 .IPs "isI, isP, isB" | |
5638 Is 1 if picture type is I/\:P/\:B else 0. | |
5639 .IPs Pi,E\ | |
5640 See your favorite math book. | |
5641 .RE | |
5642 .PP | |
5643 .RS | |
5644 functions: | |
5645 .RE | |
5646 .RSs | |
5647 .IPs max(a,b),min(a,b) | |
5648 maximum / minimum | |
5649 .IPs gt(a,b) | |
5650 is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise | |
5651 .IPs lt(a,b) | |
5652 is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise | |
5653 .IPs eq(a,b) | |
5654 is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise | |
5655 .IPs "sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs" | |
5656 .RE | |
5657 . | |
5658 .TP | |
5659 .B vrc_override=<options> | |
5660 User specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits, ...) (pass\ 1/\:2). | |
5661 The options are <start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/\:<start-frame>, | |
5662 <end-frame>, <quality>[/\:...]]: | |
5663 .PD 0 | |
5664 .RSs | |
5665 .IPs "quality (2\-31)" | |
5666 quantizer | |
5667 .IPs "quality (-500\-0)" | |
5668 quality correction in % | |
5669 .RE | |
5670 .PD 1 | |
5671 . | |
5672 .TP | |
5673 .B vrc_init_cplx=<0\-1000> | |
5674 initial complexity (pass\ 1) | |
5675 . | |
5676 .TP | |
5677 .B vqsquish=<0,1> | |
5678 Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax (pass\ 1/\:2). | |
5679 .PD 0 | |
5680 .RSs | |
5681 .IPs 0 | |
5682 Use clipping. | |
5683 .IPs 1 | |
5684 Use a nice differentiable function (default). | |
5685 .RE | |
5686 .PD 1 | |
5687 . | |
5688 .TP | |
5689 .B vlelim=<-1000\-1000> | |
5690 Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for luminance. | |
5691 Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be at least -4 | |
5692 or lower for encoding at quant=1): | |
5693 .PD 0 | |
5694 .RSs | |
5695 .IPs 0 | |
5696 disabled (default) | |
5697 .IPs -4 | |
5698 JVT recommendation | |
5699 .RE | |
5700 .PD 1 | |
5701 . | |
5702 .TP | |
5703 .B vcelim=<-1000\-1000> | |
5704 Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance. | |
5705 Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be at least -4 | |
5706 or lower for encoding at quant=1): | |
5707 .PD 0 | |
5708 .RSs | |
5709 .IPs 0 | |
5710 disabled (default) | |
5711 .IPs 7 | |
5712 JVT recommendation | |
5713 .RE | |
5714 .PD 1 | |
5715 . | |
5716 .TP | |
5717 .B vstrict=<-1,0,1> | |
5718 strict standard compliance | |
5719 .PD 0 | |
5720 .RSs | |
5721 .IPs 0 | |
5722 disabled (default) | |
5723 .IPs 1 | |
5724 Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the | |
5725 MPEG4 reference decoder. | |
5726 .IPs -1 | |
5727 Allows non-standard YV12 HuffYUV encoding (20% smaller files, but cannot be | |
5728 played by the official HuffYUV codec). | |
5729 .RE | |
5730 .PD 1 | |
5731 . | |
5732 .TP | |
5733 .B vdpart\ | |
5734 Data partitioning. | |
5735 Adds 2 Bytes per video packet, improves error-resistance when transferring over | |
5736 unreliable channels (e.g.\& streaming over the internet). | |
5737 Each video packet will be encoded in 3 separate partitions: | |
5738 .PD 0 | |
5739 .RSs | |
5740 .IPs "1. MVs" | |
5741 movement | |
5742 .IPs "2. DC coefficients" | |
5743 low res picture | |
5744 .IPs "3. AC coefficients" | |
5745 details | |
5746 .RE | |
5747 .PD 1 | |
5748 .RS | |
5749 MV & DC are most important, loosing them looks far worse than loosing | |
5750 the AC and the 1. & 2. partition. | |
5751 (MV & DC) are far smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors | |
5752 will hit the AC partition much more often than the MV & DC partitions. | |
5753 Thus, the picture will look better with partitioning than without, | |
5754 as without partitioning an error will trash AC/\:DC/\:MV equally. | |
5755 .RE | |
5756 . | |
5757 .TP | |
5758 .B vpsize=<0\-10000> (also see vdpart) | |
5759 Video packet size, improves error-resistance. | |
5760 .PD 0 | |
5761 .RSs | |
5762 .IPs 0\ \ \ \ | |
5763 disabled (default) | |
5764 .IPs 100-1000 | |
5765 good choice | |
5766 .RE | |
5767 .PD 1 | |
5768 . | |
5769 .TP | |
5770 .B ss\ \ \ \ \ | |
5771 slice structured mode for H.263+ | |
5772 . | |
5773 .TP | |
5774 .B gray\ \ \ | |
5775 grayscale only encoding (faster) | |
5776 . | |
5777 .TP | |
5778 .B vfdct=<0\-10> | |
5779 DCT algorithm | |
5780 .PD 0 | |
5781 .RSs | |
5782 .IPs 0 | |
5783 Automatically select a good one (default). | |
5784 .IPs 1 | |
5785 fast integer | |
5786 .IPs 2 | |
5787 accurate integer | |
5788 .IPs 3 | |
5789 MMX | |
5790 .IPs 4 | |
5791 mlib | |
5792 .IPs 5 | |
5793 AltiVec | |
5794 .IPs 6 | |
5795 floating point AAN | |
5796 .RE | |
5797 .PD 1 | |
5798 . | |
5799 .TP | |
5800 .B idct=<0\-99> | |
5801 IDCT algorithm | |
5802 .br | |
5803 .I NOTE: | |
5804 To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do pass the IEEE1180 tests. | |
5805 .PD 0 | |
5806 .RSs | |
5807 .IPs 0 | |
5808 Automatically select a good one (default). | |
5809 .IPs 1 | |
5810 JPEG reference integer | |
5811 .IPs 2 | |
5812 simple | |
5813 .IPs 3 | |
5814 simplemmx | |
5815 .IPs 4 | |
5816 libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use for encoding with keyint >100) | |
5817 .IPs 5 | |
5818 ps2 | |
5819 .IPs 6 | |
5820 mlib | |
5821 .IPs 7 | |
5822 arm | |
5823 .IPs 8 | |
5824 AltiVec | |
5825 .IPs 9 | |
5826 sh4 | |
5827 .RE | |
5828 .PD 1 | |
5829 . | |
5830 .TP | |
5831 .B lumi_mask=<0.0\-1.0> | |
5832 Luminance masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to | |
5833 make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer details | |
5834 in very bright parts of the picture. | |
5835 Luminance masking compresses bright areas stronger than medium ones, | |
5836 so it will save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising | |
5837 overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR. | |
5838 .br | |
5839 .I WARNING: | |
5840 Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous things. | |
5841 .br | |
5842 .I WARNING: | |
5843 Large values might look good on some monitors but may look horrible | |
5844 on other monitors. | |
5845 .PD 0 | |
5846 .RSs | |
5847 .IPs 0.0\ \ | |
5848 disabled (default) | |
5849 .IPs 0.0\-0.3 | |
5850 sane range | |
5851 .RE | |
5852 .PD 1 | |
5853 . | |
5854 .TP | |
5855 .B dark_mask=<0.0\-1.0> | |
5856 Darkness masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to | |
5857 make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer details | |
5858 in very dark parts of the picture. | |
5859 Darkness masking compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, | |
5860 so it will save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising | |
5861 overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR. | |
5862 .br | |
5863 .I WARNING: | |
5864 Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous things. | |
5865 .br | |
5866 .I WARNING: | |
5867 Large values might look good on some monitors but may look horrible | |
5868 on other monitors / TV / TFT. | |
5869 .PD 0 | |
5870 .RSs | |
5871 .IPs 0.0\ \ | |
5872 disabled (default) | |
5873 .IPs 0.0\-0.3 | |
5874 sane range | |
5875 .RE | |
5876 .PD 1 | |
5877 . | |
5878 .TP | |
5879 .B tcplx_mask=<0.0\-1.0> | |
5880 Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)). | |
5881 Imagine a scene with a bird flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask | |
5882 will raise the quantizers of the bird's macroblocks (thus decreasing their | |
5883 quality), as the human eye usually does not have time to see all the bird's | |
5884 details. | |
5885 Be warned that if the masked object stops (e.g.\& the bird lands) it is | |
5886 likely to look horrible for a short period of time, until the encoder | |
5887 figures out that the object is not moving and needs refined blocks. | |
5888 The saved bits will be spent on other parts of the video, which may increase | |
5889 subjective quality, provided that tcplx_mask is carefully chosen. | |
5890 . | |
5891 .TP | |
5892 .B scplx_mask=<0.0\-1.0> | |
5893 Spatial complexity masking. | |
5894 Larger values help against blockiness, if no deblocking filter is used for | |
5895 decoding, which is maybe not a good idea. | |
5896 .br | |
5897 Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial complexity), | |
5898 a blue sky and a house; scplx_mask will raise the quantizers of the grass' | |
5899 macroblocks, thus decreasing its quality, in order to spend more bits on | |
5900 the sky and the house. | |
5901 .br | |
5902 .I HINT: | |
5903 Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce the quality | |
5904 of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask). | |
5905 .PD 0 | |
5906 .RSs | |
5907 .IPs 0.0\ \ | |
5908 disabled (default) | |
5909 .IPs 0.0\-0.5 | |
5910 sane range | |
5911 .RE | |
5912 .PD 1 | |
5913 .sp 1 | |
5914 .RS | |
5915 .I NOTE: | |
5916 This setting does not have the same effect as using a custom matrix that | |
5917 would compress high frequencies harder, as scplx_mask will reduce the | |
5918 quality of P blocks even if only DC is changing. | |
5919 The result of scplx_mask will probably not look as good. | |
5920 .RE | |
5921 . | |
5922 .TP | |
5923 .B p_mask=<0.0\-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor) | |
5924 Reduces the quality of inter blocks. | |
5925 This is equivalent to increasing the quality of intra blocks, because the | |
5926 same average bitrate will be distributed by the rate controller to the | |
5927 whole video sequence (default: 0.0 (disabled)). | |
5928 p_mask=1.0 doubles the bits allocated to each intra block. | |
5929 . | |
5930 .TP | |
5931 .B naq\ \ \ \ | |
5932 Normalize adaptive quantization (experimental). | |
5933 When using adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may no | |
5934 longer match the requested frame-level quantizer. | |
5935 Naq will attempt to adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper | |
5936 average. | |
5937 . | |
5938 .TP | |
5939 .B ildct\ \ | |
5940 Use interlaced DCT. | |
5941 . | |
5942 .TP | |
5943 .B ilme\ \ \ | |
5944 Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel). | |
5945 . | |
5946 .TP | |
5947 .B alt\ \ \ \ | |
5948 Use alternative scantable. | |
5949 . | |
5950 .TP | |
5951 .B top=<-1\-1>\ \ \ | |
5952 .PD 0 | |
5953 .RSs | |
5954 .IPs -1 | |
5955 automatic | |
5956 .IPs 0 | |
5957 bottom field first | |
5958 .IPs 1 | |
5959 top field first | |
5960 .RE | |
5961 .PD 1 | |
5962 . | |
5963 .TP | |
5964 .B format=<value> | |
5965 .PD 0 | |
5966 .RSs | |
5967 .IPs YV12\ | |
5968 default | |
5969 .IPs 444P\ | |
5970 for ffv1 | |
5971 .IPs 422P\ | |
5972 for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG and ffv1 | |
5973 .IPs 411P,YVU9 | |
5974 for lossless JPEG and ffv1 | |
5975 .IPs BGR32 | |
5976 for lossless JPEG and ffv1 | |
5977 .RE | |
5978 .PD 1 | |
5979 . | |
5980 .TP | |
5981 .B pred\ \ \ | |
5982 (for HuffYUV) | |
5983 .PD 0 | |
5984 .RSs | |
5985 .IPs 0 | |
5986 left prediction | |
5987 .IPs 1 | |
5988 plane/\:gradient prediction | |
5989 .IPs 2 | |
5990 median prediction | |
5991 .RE | |
5992 .PD 1 | |
5993 . | |
5994 .TP | |
5995 .B pred\ \ \ | |
5996 (for lossless JPEG) | |
5997 .PD 0 | |
5998 .RSs | |
5999 .IPs 0 | |
6000 left prediction | |
6001 .IPs 1 | |
6002 top prediction | |
6003 .IPs 2 | |
6004 topleft prediction | |
6005 .IPs 3 | |
6006 plane/\:gradient prediction | |
6007 .IPs 6 | |
6008 mean prediction | |
6009 .RE | |
6010 .PD 1 | |
6011 . | |
6012 .TP | |
6013 .B coder\ \ | |
6014 (for ffv1) | |
6015 .PD 0 | |
6016 .RSs | |
6017 .IPs 0 | |
6018 vlc coding (Golomb-Rice) | |
6019 .IPs 1 | |
6020 arithmetic coding (CABAC) | |
6021 .RE | |
6022 .PD 1 | |
6023 . | |
6024 .TP | |
6025 .B context | |
6026 (for ffv1) | |
6027 .PD 0 | |
6028 .RSs | |
6029 .IPs 0 | |
6030 small context model | |
6031 .IPs 1 | |
6032 large context model | |
6033 .RE | |
6034 .PD 1 | |
6035 . | |
6036 .TP | |
6037 .B qpel\ \ \ | |
6038 Use quarter pel motion compensation (mutually exclusive with ilme). | |
6039 .br | |
6040 .I HINT: | |
6041 This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings. | |
6042 . | |
6043 .TP | |
6044 .B mbcmp=<0\-2000> | |
6045 Sets the comparison function for the macroblock decision, only used if mbd=0. | |
6046 .PD 0 | |
6047 .RSs | |
6048 .IPs "0 (SAD)" | |
6049 sum of absolute differences, fast (default) | |
6050 .IPs "1 (SSE)" | |
6051 sum of squared errors | |
6052 .IPs "2 (SATD)" | |
6053 sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences | |
6054 .IPs "3 (DCT)" | |
6055 sum of absolute DCT transformed differences | |
6056 .IPs "4 (PSNR)" | |
6057 sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality) | |
6058 .IPs "5 (BIT)" | |
6059 number of bits needed for the block | |
6060 .IPs "6 (RD)" | |
6061 rate distortion optimal, slow | |
6062 .IPs "7 (ZERO)" | |
6063 0 | |
6064 .IPs "8 (VSAD)" | |
6065 sum of absolute vertical differences | |
6066 .IPs "9 (VSSE)" | |
6067 sum of squared vertical differences | |
6068 .IPs "10 (NSSE)" | |
6069 noise preserving sum of squared differences | |
6070 .IPs +256\ | |
6071 Also use chroma, currently does not work (correctly) with B-frames. | |
6072 .RE | |
6073 .PD 1 | |
6074 . | |
6075 .TP | |
6076 .B ildctcmp=<0\-2000> | |
6077 Sets the comparison function for interlaced DCT decision | |
6078 (see mbcmp for available comparison functions). | |
6079 . | |
6080 .TP | |
6081 .B precmp=<0\-2000> | |
6082 Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass | |
6083 (see mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0). | |
6084 . | |
6085 .TP | |
6086 .B cmp=<0\-2000> | |
6087 Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation | |
6088 (see mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0). | |
6089 . | |
6090 .TP | |
6091 .B subcmp=<0\-2000> | |
6092 Sets the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation | |
6093 (see mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0). | |
6094 . | |
6095 .TP | |
6096 .B nssew=<0\-100> | |
6097 This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will result in | |
6098 more noise. | |
6099 0 NSSE is identical to SSE | |
6100 You may find this useful if you prefer to keep some noise in your encoded | |
6101 video rather than filtering it away before encoding. | |
6102 . | |
6103 .TP | |
6104 .B predia=<-99\-6> | |
6105 diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass | |
6106 . | |
6107 .TP | |
6108 .B dia=<-99\-6> | |
6109 Diamond type & size for motion estimation. | |
6110 Motion search is an iterative process. | |
6111 Using a small diamond does not limit the search to finding only small | |
6112 motion vectors. | |
6113 It is just somewhat more likely to stop before finding the very best motion | |
6114 vector, especially when noise is involved. | |
6115 Bigger diamonds allow a wider search for the best motion vector, thus are | |
6116 slower but result in better quality. | |
6117 .br | |
6118 Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive diamonds. | |
6119 .br | |
6120 Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff between speed and quality. | |
6121 .br | |
6122 .I NOTE: | |
6123 The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones do not have | |
6124 the same meaning. | |
6125 .RSs | |
6126 .IPs -3 | |
6127 shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3 | |
6128 .IPs -2 | |
6129 shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2 | |
6130 .IPs -1 | |
6131 slightly special: Can be slower and/or better than dia=-2. | |
6132 .IPs 1 | |
6133 normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond | |
6134 .nf | |
6135 .ne | |
6136 0 | |
6137 000 | |
6138 0 | |
6139 .fi | |
6140 .IPs 2 | |
6141 normal size=2 diamond | |
6142 .nf | |
6143 .ne | |
6144 0 | |
6145 000 | |
6146 00000 | |
6147 000 | |
6148 0 | |
6149 .fi | |
6150 .RE | |
6151 . | |
6152 .TP | |
6153 .B trell\ \ | |
6154 Trellis searched quantization. | |
6155 This will find the optimal encoding for each 8x8 block. | |
6156 Trellis searched quantization is quite simply an optimal quantization in | |
6157 the PSNR versus bitrate sense (Assuming that there would be no rounding | |
6158 errors introduced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the case.). | |
6159 It simply finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits. | |
6160 .PD 0 | |
6161 .RSs | |
6162 .IPs lambda | |
6163 quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant | |
6164 .IPs bits\ | |
6165 amount of bits needed to encode the block | |
6166 .IPs error | |
6167 sum of squared errors of the quantization | |
6168 .RE | |
6169 .PD 1 | |
6170 . | |
6171 .TP | |
6172 .B cbp\ \ \ \ | |
6173 Rate distorted optimal coded block pattern. | |
6174 Will select the coded block pattern which minimizes distortion + lambda*rate. | |
6175 This can only be used together with trellis quantization. | |
6176 . | |
6177 .TP | |
6178 .B mv0\ \ \ \ | |
6179 Try to encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one. | |
6180 This has no effect if mbd=0. | |
6181 . | |
6182 .TP | |
6183 .B qprd (mbd=2 only) | |
6184 rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given | |
6185 lambda of each macroblock | |
6186 . | |
6187 .TP | |
6188 .B last_pred=<0\-99> | |
6189 amount of motion predictors from the previous frame | |
6190 .PD 0 | |
6191 .RSs | |
6192 .IPs 0 | |
6193 (default) | |
6194 .IPs a | |
6195 Will use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector predictors from the | |
6196 previous frame. | |
6197 .RE | |
6198 .PD 1 | |
6199 . | |
6200 .TP | |
6201 .B preme=<0\-2> | |
6202 motion estimation pre-pass | |
6203 .PD 0 | |
6204 .RSs | |
6205 .IPs 0 | |
6206 disabled | |
6207 .IPs 1 | |
6208 only after I-frames (default) | |
6209 .IPs 2 | |
6210 always | |
6211 .RE | |
6212 .PD 1 | |
6213 . | |
6214 .TP | |
6215 .B subq=<1\-8> | |
6216 subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality)) | |
6217 .br | |
6218 .I NOTE: | |
6219 This has a significant effect on speed. | |
6220 . | |
6221 .TP | |
6222 .B psnr\ \ \ | |
6223 print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding | |
6224 and store the per frame PSNR in a file with a name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log'. | |
6225 Returned values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better. | |
6226 . | |
6227 .TP | |
6228 .B mpeg_quant | |
6229 Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263. | |
6230 . | |
6231 .TP | |
6232 .B aic\ \ \ \ | |
6233 ac prediction (advanced intra prediction for H.263+) | |
6234 .br | |
6235 .I NOTE: | |
6236 vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC. | |
6237 . | |
6238 .TP | |
6239 .B aiv\ \ \ \ | |
6240 alternatice inter vlc for H.263+ | |
6241 . | |
6242 .TP | |
6243 .B umv\ \ \ \ | |
6244 unlimited MVs (H.263+ only) | |
6245 Allows encoding of abritarily long MVs. | |
6246 . | |
6247 .TP | |
6248 .B ibias=<-256\-256> | |
6249 intra quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 96, | |
6250 H.263 style quantizer default: 0) | |
6251 .br | |
6252 .I NOTE: | |
6253 The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set vfdct=1 or 2), | |
6254 the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2). | |
6255 . | |
6256 .TP | |
6257 .B pbias=<-256\-256> | |
6258 inter quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 0, | |
6259 H.263 style quantizer default: -64) | |
6260 .br | |
6261 .I NOTE: | |
6262 The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set vfdct=1 or 2), | |
6263 the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2). | |
6264 .br | |
6265 .I HINT: | |
6266 A more positive bias (-32 \- -16 instead of -64) seems to improve the PSNR. | |
6267 . | |
6268 .TP | |
6269 .B nr=<0\-100000> | |
6270 Noise reduction, 0 means disabled. | |
6271 . | |
6272 .TP | |
6273 .B qns=<0\-3> | |
6274 Quantizer noise shaping. | |
6275 Rather than choosing quantization to most closely match the source video | |
6276 in the PSNR sense, it chooses quantization such that noise (usually ringing) | |
6277 will be masked by similar-frequency content in the image. | |
6278 Larger values are slower but may not result in better quality. | |
6279 This can and should be used together with trellis quantization, in which case | |
6280 the trellis quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be used as | |
6281 startpoint for the iterative search. | |
6282 .PD 0 | |
6283 .RSs | |
6284 .IPs 0 | |
6285 disabled (default) | |
6286 .IPs 1 | |
6287 Only lower the absolute value of coefficients. | |
6288 .IPs 2 | |
6289 Only change coefficients before the last non-zero coefficient + 1. | |
6290 .IPs 3 | |
6291 Try all. | |
6292 .RE | |
6293 .PD 1 | |
6294 . | |
6295 .TP | |
6296 .B inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix> | |
6297 Use custom inter matrix. | |
6298 It needs a comma separated string of 64 integers. | |
6299 . | |
6300 .TP | |
6301 .B intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix> | |
6302 Use custom intra matrix. | |
6303 It needs a comma separated string of 64 integers. | |
6304 . | |
6305 .TP | |
6306 .B vqmod_amp | |
6307 experimental quantizer modulation | |
6308 . | |
6309 .TP | |
6310 .B vqmod_freq | |
6311 experimental quantizer modulation | |
6312 . | |
6313 .TP | |
6314 .B dc\ \ \ \ \ | |
6315 intra DC precision in bits (default: 8). | |
6316 If you specify vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11. | |
6317 . | |
6318 .TP | |
6319 .B cgop\ \ \ | |
6320 Close all GOPs. | |
6321 Currently it does not work. | |
6322 . | |
6323 . | |
6324 .SS nuv (\-nuvopts) | |
6325 . | |
6326 Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO. | |
6327 By default frames are first encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, | |
6328 but it is possible to disable either or both of the two passes. | |
6329 As a result, you can in fact output raw i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, | |
6330 or the default LZO compressed RTJPEG. | |
6331 .br | |
6332 .I NOTE: | |
6333 The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about the | |
6334 settings to use for the most common TV encodings. | |
6335 . | |
6336 .TP | |
6337 .B c=<0\-20> | |
6338 chrominance threshold (default: 1) | |
6339 . | |
6340 .TP | |
6341 .B l=<0\-20> | |
6342 luminance threshold (default: 1) | |
6343 . | |
6344 .TP | |
6345 .B lzo\ \ \ \ | |
6346 Enable LZO compression (default). | |
6347 . | |
6348 .TP | |
6349 .B nolzo\ \ | |
6350 Disable LZO compression. | |
6351 . | |
6352 .TP | |
6353 .B q=<3\-255> | |
6354 quality level (default: 255) | |
6355 . | |
6356 .TP | |
6357 .B raw \ \ \ | |
6358 Disable RTJPEG encoding. | |
6359 . | |
6360 .TP | |
6361 .B rtjpeg\ | |
6362 Enable RTJPEG encoding (default). | |
6363 . | |
6364 . | |
6365 .SS xvidenc (\-xvidencopts) | |
6366 . | |
6367 There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed quantizer and | |
6368 2pass. | |
6369 . | |
6370 .TP | |
6371 .B pass=<1|2> | |
6372 Specify the pass in 2pass mode. | |
6373 . | |
6374 .TP | |
6375 .B bitrate=<value> | |
6376 Sets the bitrate to be used in kbits/\:second if <16000 or in bits/\:second | |
6377 if >16000. | |
6378 If <value> is negative, XviD will use its absolute value as the target size | |
6379 (in kbytes) of the video and compute the associated bitrate automagically. | |
6380 (CBR or 2pass mode, default: 687 kbits/\:s) | |
6381 . | |
6382 .TP | |
6383 .B fixed_quant=<1\-31> | |
6384 Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be used. | |
6385 . | |
6386 .TP | |
6387 .B me_quality=<0\-6> | |
6388 This option controls the motion estimation subsystem. | |
6389 The higher the value, the more precise the estimation should be (default: 6). | |
6390 The more precise the motion estimation is, the more bits can be saved. | |
6391 Precision is gained at the expense of CPU time so decrease this setting if | |
6392 you need realtime encoding. | |
6393 . | |
6394 .TP | |
6395 .B interlacing | |
6396 Encode the fields of interlaced video material. | |
6397 Turn this option on for interlaced content. | |
6398 .br | |
6399 .I NOTE: | |
6400 Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-aware resizer, | |
6401 which you can activate with -vf scale=<width>:<height>:1. | |
6402 . | |
6403 .TP | |
6404 .B 4mv\ \ \ \ | |
6405 Use 4 motion vectors per macroblock. | |
6406 This might give better compression, but slows down encoding. | |
6407 .br | |
6408 .I WARNING: | |
6409 This option is deprecated in XviD-1.0.x, as all is now taken care of | |
6410 by the me_quality option. | |
6411 When me_quality > 4, 4mv is activated. | |
6412 . | |
6413 .TP | |
6414 .B rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value> | |
6415 This parameter controls the number of frames the CBR rate controller | |
6416 will wait before reacting to bitrate changes and compensating for them | |
6417 to obtain a constant bitrate over an averaging range of frames. | |
6418 . | |
6419 .TP | |
6420 .B rc_averaging_period=<value> | |
6421 Real CBR is hard to achieve. | |
6422 Depending on the video material, bitrate can be variable, and hard to predict. | |
6423 That's why XviD uses an averaging period for which it guarantees a given | |
6424 amount of bits (minus a small variation). | |
6425 This settings expresses the "number of frames" for which XviD averages | |
6426 bitrate and tries to achieve CBR. | |
6427 . | |
6428 .TP | |
6429 .B rc_buffer=<value> | |
6430 size of the rate control buffer | |
6431 . | |
6432 .TP | |
6433 .B quant_range=<1\-31>\-<1\-31>[/\:<1\-31>\-<1\-31>] | |
6434 CBR mode: min & max quantizer for all frames (default: 2\-31) | |
6435 .br | |
6436 2pass mode: min & max quantizer for I/\:P-frames (default: 2\-31/\:2\-31) | |
6437 .br | |
6438 .I WARNING: | |
6439 This option is deprecated in XviD-1.0.x, and is replaced by the | |
6440 [min|max]_[i|p|b]quant options. | |
6441 . | |
6442 .TP | |
6443 .B min_key_interval=<value> | |
6444 minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0, 2pass only) | |
6445 . | |
6446 .TP | |
6447 .B max_key_interval=<value> | |
6448 maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps) | |
6449 . | |
6450 .TP | |
6451 .B mpeg_quant | |
6452 Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263. | |
6453 For high bitrates, you will find that MPEG quantization preserves more detail. | |
6454 For low bitrates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise. | |
6455 When using custom matrices, MPEG must be used. | |
6456 .br | |
6457 .I WARNING: | |
6458 This option is deprecated in XviD-1.0.x, and is replaced by the quant_type | |
6459 option. | |
6460 . | |
6461 .TP | |
6462 .B mod_quant | |
6463 Decide whether to use MPEG or H.263 quantizers on a frame-by-frame basis | |
6464 (2pass mode only). | |
6465 .br | |
6466 .I WARNING: | |
6467 This will generate an illegal bitstream, and most likely not be decodable | |
6468 by any MPEG4 decoder besides libavcodec or XviD. | |
6469 .br | |
6470 .I WARNING: | |
6471 This option is deprecated in XviD-1.0.x. | |
6472 . | |
6473 .TP | |
6474 .B keyframe_boost=<0\-1000> | |
6475 Shift some bits from the pool for other frame types to intra frames, | |
6476 thus improving keyframe quality. | |
6477 (default: 0, 2pass mode only) | |
6478 . | |
6479 .TP | |
6480 .B kfthreshold=<value> | |
6481 (default: 10, 2pass mode only) | |
6482 . | |
6483 .TP | |
6484 .B kfreduction=<0\-100> | |
6485 The above two settings can be used to adjust the size of keyframes that | |
6486 you consider too close to the first (in a row). | |
6487 kfthreshold sets the range in which keyframes are reduced, and | |
6488 kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they get. | |
6489 The last I-frame will get treated normally. | |
6490 (default: 30, 2pass mode only) | |
6491 . | |
6492 .TP | |
6493 .B greyscale | |
6494 Make XviD discard chroma planes so the encoded video is greyscale only. | |
6495 Note that this does not speed up encoding, it just prevents chroma data | |
6496 from being written in the last stage of encoding. | |
6497 . | |
6498 .TP | |
6499 .B debug\ \ | |
6500 Save per-frame statistics in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the 2pass control | |
6501 file.) | |
6502 .RE | |
6503 . | |
6504 .PP | |
6505 .sp 1 | |
6506 The following options are only available with the latest stable | |
6507 releases of XviD 1.0.x (api4). | |
6508 . | |
6509 .TP | |
6510 .B packed\ | |
6511 Create a bitstream which can be decoded delay-free. | |
6512 .br | |
6513 .I WARNING: | |
6514 This will generate an illegal bitstream, and will not be | |
6515 decodable by ISO-MPEG4 decoders except DivX/\:libavcodec/\:XviD. | |
6516 .br | |
6517 .I WARNING: | |
6518 This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so the bug | |
6519 autodetection of some decoders might be confused. | |
6520 . | |
6521 .TP | |
6522 .B divx5bvop | |
6523 Generate DivX5 compatible B-frames (default: on). | |
6524 . | |
6525 .TP | |
6526 .B max_bframes=<0\-4> | |
6527 Maximum number of B-frames to put between I/\:P-frames (default: 0). | |
6528 . | |
6529 .TP | |
6530 .B bquant_ratio=<0\-1000> | |
6531 quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default: 150) | |
6532 . | |
6533 .TP | |
6534 .B bquant_offset=<-1000\-1000> | |
6535 quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default: 100) | |
6536 . | |
6537 .TP | |
6538 .B bf_threshold=<-255\-255> | |
6539 Sometimes B-frames do not look good, and introduce artifacts when most of | |
6540 the frame is static and some small zones have high motion (in a static | |
6541 scene with a man talking, his mouth will probably look bad if what is | |
6542 surrounding the man and his mouth is completely static). | |
6543 This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the use of | |
6544 B-frames. | |
6545 The higher the value, the higher the probability of B-frames being used. | |
6546 (default: 0) | |
6547 . | |
6548 .TP | |
6549 .B frame_drop_ratio=<0\-100> (max_bframes=0 only) | |
6550 This setting allows the creation of variable framerate video streams. | |
6551 The value of the setting specifies a threshold under which, if the | |
6552 difference of the following frame to the previous frame is below or equal | |
6553 to this threshold, a frame gets not coded (a so called n-vop is placed | |
6554 in the stream). | |
6555 On playback, when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed. | |
6556 .br | |
6557 .I WARNING: | |
6558 Playing with this setting may result in a jerky video, so use it at your | |
6559 own risks! | |
6560 . | |
6561 .TP | |
6562 .B qpel\ \ \ | |
6563 MPEG4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by default. | |
6564 The standard proposes a mode where encoders are allowed to use quarter | |
6565 pixel precision. | |
6566 This option usually results in a sharper image. | |
6567 Unfortunately it has a great impact on bitrate and sometimes the | |
6568 higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving a better image | |
6569 quality at a fixed bitrate. | |
6570 It's better to test with and without this option and see whether it | |
6571 is worth activating. | |
6572 . | |
6573 .TP | |
6574 .B gmc\ \ \ \ | |
6575 Enable Global Motion Compensation, which makes XviD generate special | |
6576 frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for Pan/\:Zoom/\:Rotating images. | |
6577 Whether or not the use of this option will save bits is highly | |
6578 dependent on the source material. | |
6579 . | |
6580 .TP | |
6581 .B trellis | |
6582 Trellis Quantization is a kind of adaptive quantization method that | |
6583 saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them more | |
6584 compressible by the entropy encoder. | |
6585 Its impact on quality is good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, | |
6586 this setting can be a good alternative to save a few bits (and gain | |
6587 quality at fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ. | |
6588 . | |
6589 .TP | |
6590 .B cartoon | |
6591 Activate this if your encoded sequence is an anime/\:cartoon. | |
6592 It modifies some XviD internal thresholds so XviD takes better decisions on | |
6593 frame types and motion vectors for flat looking cartoons. | |
6594 . | |
6595 .TP | |
6596 .B quant_type=<h263|mpeg> | |
6597 Sets the type of quantizer to use. | |
6598 For high bitrates, you will find that MPEG quantization preserves more detail. | |
6599 For low bitrates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise. | |
6600 When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used. | |
6601 . | |
6602 .TP | |
6603 .B chroma_me | |
6604 The usual motion estimation algorithm uses only the luminance information to | |
6605 find the best motion vector. | |
6606 However for some video material, using the chroma planes can help find | |
6607 better vectors. | |
6608 This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for motion estimation. | |
6609 . | |
6610 .TP | |
6611 .B chroma_opt | |
6612 Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter. | |
6613 It will do some extra magic on color information to minimize the | |
6614 stepped-stairs effect on edges. | |
6615 It will improve quality at the cost of encoding speed. | |
6616 It reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to the original | |
6617 picture will get bigger, but the subjective image quality will raise. | |
6618 Since it works with color information, you might want to turn it off when | |
6619 encoding in greyscale. | |
6620 . | |
6621 .TP | |
6622 .B hq_ac\ \ | |
6623 Activates High Quality AC coefficient prediction from neighbor blocks. | |
6624 . | |
6625 .TP | |
6626 .B vhq=<0\-4> | |
6627 The motion search algorithm is based on a search in the usual color domain | |
6628 and tries to find a motion vector that minimizes the difference between the | |
6629 reference frame and the encoded frame. | |
6630 With this setting activated, XviD will also use the frequency domain (DCT) | |
6631 to search for a motion vector that minimizes not only the spatial | |
6632 difference but also the encoding length of the block. | |
6633 Fastest to slowest: | |
6634 .PD 0 | |
6635 .RSs | |
6636 .IPs 0 | |
6637 off (default) | |
6638 .IPs 1 | |
6639 mode decision (inter/\:intra MB) | |
6640 .IPs 2 | |
6641 limited search | |
6642 .IPs 3 | |
6643 medium search | |
6644 .IPs 4 | |
6645 wide search | |
6646 .RE | |
6647 .PD 1 | |
6648 . | |
6649 .TP | |
6650 .B min_iquant=<0\-31> | |
6651 minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2) | |
6652 . | |
6653 .TP | |
6654 .B max_iquant=<0\-31> | |
6655 maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31) | |
6656 . | |
6657 .TP | |
6658 .B min_pquant=<0\-31> | |
6659 minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2) | |
6660 . | |
6661 .TP | |
6662 .B max_pquant=<0\-31> | |
6663 maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31) | |
6664 . | |
6665 .TP | |
6666 .B min_bquant=<0\-31> | |
6667 minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2) | |
6668 . | |
6669 .TP | |
6670 .B max_bquant=<0\-31> | |
6671 maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31) | |
6672 . | |
6673 .TP | |
6674 .B quant_intra_matrix=<filename> | |
6675 Load a custom intra matrix file. | |
6676 You can build such a file with xvid4conf's matrix editor. | |
6677 . | |
6678 .TP | |
6679 .B quant_inter_matrix=<filename> | |
6680 Load a custom inter matrix file. | |
6681 You can build such a file with xvid4conf's matrix editor. | |
6682 . | |
6683 .TP | |
6684 .B curve_compression_high=<0\-100> | |
6685 This setting allows XviD to take a certain percentage of bits away from | |
6686 high bitrate scenes and give them back to the bit reservoir. | |
6687 You could also use this if you have a clip with so many bits allocated | |
6688 to high-bitrate scenes that the low(er)-bitrate scenes start to look bad | |
6689 (default: 0). | |
6690 . | |
6691 .TP | |
6692 .B curve_compression_low=<0\-100> | |
6693 This setting allows XviD to give a certain percentage of extra bits to the | |
6694 low bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from the entire clip. | |
6695 This might come in handy if you have a few low-bitrate scenes that are | |
6696 still blocky (default: 0). | |
6697 . | |
6698 .TP | |
6699 .B overflow_control_strength=<0\-100> | |
6700 During pass 1 of 2-pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is computed. | |
6701 The difference between that expected curve and the result obtained during | |
6702 encoding is called overflow. | |
6703 Obviously, the two pass rate controller tries to compensate for that overflow, | |
6704 distributing it over the next frames. | |
6705 This setting controls how much of the overflow is distributed every time | |
6706 there is a new frame. | |
6707 Low values allow lazy overflow control, big rate bursts are compensated for | |
6708 more slowly (could lead to lack of precision for small clips). | |
6709 Higher values will make changes in bit redistribution more abrupt, possibly | |
6710 too abrupt if you set it too high, creating artifacts (default: 5). | |
6711 .br | |
6712 .I NOTE: | |
6713 This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it carefully! | |
6714 . | |
6715 .TP | |
6716 .B max_overflow_improvement=<0\-100> | |
6717 During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase the frame | |
6718 size. | |
6719 This parameter specifies the maximum percentage by which the overflow | |
6720 control is allowed to increase the frame size, compared to the ideal curve | |
6721 allocation | |
6722 (default: 5). | |
6723 . | |
6724 .TP | |
6725 .B max_overflow_degradation=<0\-100> | |
6726 During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may decrease the frame | |
6727 size. | |
6728 This parameter specifies the maximum percentage by which the overflow | |
6729 control is allowed to decrease the frame size, compared to the ideal curve | |
6730 allocation | |
6731 (default: 5). | |
6732 . | |
6733 .TP | |
6734 .B container_frame_overhead=<0...> | |
6735 Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes. | |
6736 Most of the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking | |
6737 care of the video container overhead. | |
6738 This small but (mostly) constant overhead can cause the target file size | |
6739 to be exceeded. | |
6740 XviD allows users to set the amount of overhead per frame the | |
6741 container generates (give only an average per frame). | |
6742 0 has a special meaning, it lets XviD use its own default values | |
6743 (default: 24 - AVI average overhead). | |
6744 . | |
6745 .TP | |
6746 .B par=<mode> | |
6747 Specifies the Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused with DAR, | |
6748 the Display Aspect Ratio). | |
6749 PAR is the ratio of the width and height of a single pixel. | |
6750 So both are related like this: DAR = PAR * (width/height). | |
6751 .br | |
6752 MPEG4 defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended | |
6753 one, giving the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect | |
6754 ratio. | |
6755 5 standard modes can be specified: | |
6756 .PD 0 | |
6757 .RSs | |
6758 .IPs vga11 | |
6759 It's the usual PAR for PC content. | |
6760 Pixels are a square unit. | |
6761 .IPs pal43 | |
6762 PAL standard 4:3 PAR. | |
6763 Pixels are rectangles. | |
6764 .IPs pal169 | |
6765 same as above | |
6766 .IPs ntsc43 | |
6767 same as above | |
6768 .IPs ntsc169 | |
6769 same as above (Don't forget to give the exact ratio.) | |
6770 .IPs ext\ \ | |
6771 Allows you to specify your own pixel aspect ratio with par_width and | |
6772 par_height. | |
6773 .RE | |
6774 .PD 1 | |
6775 .br | |
6776 .I NOTE: | |
6777 In general, setting aspect and autoaspect options is enough. | |
6778 . | |
6779 .TP | |
6780 .B par_width=<1\-255> (par=ext only) | |
6781 Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio. | |
6782 . | |
6783 .TP | |
6784 .B par_height=<1\-255> (par=ext only) | |
6785 Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio. | |
6786 . | |
6787 .TP | |
6788 .B aspect=<x/\:y | f (float value)> | |
6789 Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files. | |
6790 Much nicer solution than rescaling, because quality isn't decreased. | |
6791 MPlayer and a few others players will play these files correctly, others | |
6792 will display them with the wrong aspect. | |
6793 The aspect parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point number. | |
6794 . | |
6795 .TP | |
6796 .B autoaspect | |
6797 Same as the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect, taking | |
6798 into account all the adjustments (crop/\:expand/\:scale/\:etc.) made in the | |
6799 filter chain. | |
6800 . | |
6801 .TP | |
6802 .B psnr\ \ \ | |
6803 Print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding | |
6804 and store the per frame PSNR in a file with a name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in | |
6805 the current directory. | |
6806 Returned values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better. | |
6807 . | |
6808 .PP | |
6809 .sp 1 | |
6810 The following option is only available in development versions | |
6811 of XviD 1.1.x. | |
6812 . | |
6813 .TP | |
6814 .B bvhq=<0|1> | |
6815 This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames to be used for | |
6816 the encoding chosen using a rate distortion optimized operator, | |
6817 which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option. | |
6818 This produces nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost no | |
6819 performance penalty. | |
6820 . | |
6821 . | |
6822 .SS x264enc (\-x264encopts) | |
6823 . | |
6824 .TP | |
6825 .B bitrate=<value> | |
6826 Sets the bitrate to be used in kbits/\:second (default: off). | |
6827 This is required if you want a CBR (constant bitrate) encode. | |
6828 . | |
6829 .TP | |
6830 .B keyint=<value> | |
6831 Sets maximum interval between I-frames. | |
6832 Larger values save bits, thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking | |
6833 precision (default: 250). | |
6834 . | |
6835 .TP | |
6836 .B idrint=<value> | |
6837 Make each <value> I-frame an IDR-frame (default: 2). | |
6838 In H.264, I-frames do not necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is | |
6839 allowable for a P-frame to be predicted from more frames than just the one | |
6840 frame before it (also see frameref). | |
6841 Therefore, I-frames are not necessarily seekable. | |
6842 IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from referring to any frame | |
6843 prior to the IDR-frame. | |
6844 . | |
6845 .TP | |
6846 .B scenecut=<-1\-100> | |
6847 Controls how aggressively to insert extra I-frames (default: 40). | |
6848 With small values of scenecut, the codec often has to force an I-frame | |
6849 when it would exceed keyint. | |
6850 Good values of scenecut may find a better location for the I-frame. | |
6851 Large values use more I-frames than necessary, thus wasting bits. | |
6852 -1 disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only once | |
6853 every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut occurs earlier. | |
6854 This isn't recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts encoded as P-frames | |
6855 are just as big as I-frames, but don't reset the "keyint counter". | |
6856 . | |
6857 .TP | |
6858 .B frameref=<1\-15> | |
6859 Number of previous frames used as predictors in a P-frame (default: 1). | |
6860 This is effective in Anime, but seems to make little difference in | |
6861 live-action source material. | |
6862 Some decoders are unable to deal with large frameref values. | |
6863 . | |
6864 .TP | |
6865 .B bframes=<0\-16> | |
6866 number of consecutive B-frames between I- and P-frames (default: 0) | |
6867 . | |
6868 .TP | |
6869 .B deblock | nodeblock | |
6870 Use deblocking filter (default: on). | |
6871 As it takes very little time compared to its quality gain, it's not | |
6872 recommend to disable it. | |
6873 . | |
6874 .TP | |
6875 .B deblockalpha=<-6\-6> | |
6876 AlphaC0 parameter of deblocking filter (default: 0). | |
6877 This adjusts thresholds for the H.264 deblocking filter. | |
6878 First, this parameter adjusts the maximum amount of change that the filter is | |
6879 allowed to cause on any one pixel. | |
6880 Secondly, this parameter affects the threshold for difference across the | |
6881 edge being filtered. | |
6882 A positive value reduces blocking artifacts more, but will also smear details. | |
6883 .br | |
6884 For encodes that are intended to be reasonably high quality, you might | |
6885 want to turn it down a little bit. | |
6886 However, if your source material already has some blocking or noise | |
6887 which you would like to remove, or if it is animation, it may be a good | |
6888 idea to turn it up a little bit. | |
6889 . | |
6890 .TP | |
6891 .B deblockbeta=<-6\-6> | |
6892 Beta parameter of deblocking filter (default: 0). | |
6893 Affects the maximum allowed gradient within two adjacent blocks. | |
6894 . | |
6895 .TP | |
6896 .B cabac | nocabac | |
6897 Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default: on). | |
6898 Slightly slows down encoding and decoding, but should save 10-15% bitrate. | |
6899 Unless you are looking for speed, you should not disable it. | |
6900 . | |
6901 .TP | |
6902 .B cabacidc=<value> | |
6903 Initial value of CABAC IDC. | |
6904 The encoder must choose a context for each block it encodes, but for the | |
6905 first block in a frame, there are no prior blocks to predict the context. | |
6906 Adjusting this may affect bitrate by a fraction of a percent, but it doesn't | |
6907 directly affect distortion. | |
6908 .RSs | |
6909 -1: Encoder chooses context, usually 0 (default). | |
6910 .br | |
6911 0: low complexity | |
6912 .br | |
6913 1: medium complexity | |
6914 .br | |
6915 2: high complexity | |
6916 .REss | |
6917 . | |
6918 .TP | |
6919 .B qp_constant=<1\-51> | |
6920 This selects the quantizer to use. | |
6921 20\-40 is a useful range (default: 26). | |
6922 Lower values result in better fidelity, but higher bitrates. | |
6923 Note that quantization in H.264 works differently from MPEG[124]. | |
6924 H.264's quantization parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale. | |
6925 As an example, the bitrate difference between QP=20 and QP=40 | |
6926 is about a factor of 10. | |
6927 Useful quantizers in H.264 tend to be very large compared to MPEG[124]. | |
6928 . | |
6929 .TP | |
6930 .B qp_min=<1\-51> (CBR or 2 pass) | |
6931 Minimum quantizer, 15\-35 seems to be a useful range (default: 10). | |
6932 . | |
6933 .TP | |
6934 .B qp_max=<1\-51> (CBR or 2 pass) | |
6935 maximum quantizer (default: 51) | |
6936 . | |
6937 .TP | |
6938 .B qp_step=<value> | |
6939 Maximum Value by which the quantizer may be incremented/decremented between | |
6940 frames. | |
6941 . | |
6942 .TP | |
6943 .B rc_buffer_size=<value> | |
6944 ratecontrol buffer size (default: 1 second's worth at the bitrate you | |
6945 specified) | |
6946 . | |
6947 .TP | |
6948 .B rc_init_buffer=<value> | |
6949 Set the initial ratecontrol buffer (default: 1/4 of rc_buffer_size) | |
6950 . | |
6951 .TP | |
6952 .B rc_sens=<0\-100> (CBR only) | |
6953 ratecontrol sensitivity (default: 4) | |
6954 . | |
6955 .TP | |
6956 .B ip_factor=<value> | |
6957 quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 2.0) | |
6958 . | |
6959 .TP | |
6960 .B pb_factor=<value> | |
6961 quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 2.0) | |
6962 . | |
6963 .TP | |
6964 .B pass=<1\-3> | |
6965 Enable 2 or 3-pass mode. | |
6966 It is recommended to always encode in 2 or 3-pass mode as it leads to a | |
6967 better bit distribution and improves overall quality. | |
6968 .PD 0 | |
6969 .RSs | |
6970 .IPs 1 | |
6971 first pass | |
6972 .IPs 2 | |
6973 second pass | |
6974 .IPs 3 | |
6975 Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass encoding) | |
6976 .RE | |
6977 .RS | |
6978 Here is how it works, and how to use it: | |
6979 .br | |
6980 The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics on the video and writes them | |
6981 to a file. | |
6982 You might want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, apart from the ones | |
6983 that are on by default. | |
6984 .br | |
6985 In two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the stats file and | |
6986 bases ratecontrol decisions on it. | |
6987 .br | |
6988 In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo) | |
6989 does both: It first reads the stats, then overwrites them. | |
6990 You might want to backup divx2pass.log before doing this if there is | |
6991 any possibility that you will have to cancel MEncoder. | |
6992 You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options. | |
6993 .br | |
6994 The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass, except that it has | |
6995 the second pass' stats to work from. | |
6996 You can use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones. | |
6997 .br | |
6998 .I | |
6999 NOTE: | |
7000 x264 three pass support being quite recent in MEncoder, we welcome any | |
7001 feedback you could give us on good combinations of x264 options that are | |
7002 both fast and provide good quality. | |
7003 .REss | |
7004 . | |
7005 .TP | |
7006 .B qcomp=<0\-1> | |
7007 quantizer compression (default: 0.6). | |
7008 This affects the ratecontrol: a lower value makes the | |
7009 bitrate more constant, while a higher value makes the quantization parameter | |
7010 more constant. | |
7011 . | |
7012 .TP | |
7013 .B qblur=<0\-99> | |
7014 Temporal blur of the quantization parameter (default: 0.5). | |
7015 Lower values allow the quantizer value to jump around more, | |
7016 higher values force it to vary more smoothly. | |
7017 . | |
7018 .TP | |
7019 .B fullinter | nofullinter | |
7020 Use all available interframe macroblock types (i16x16, i4x4, p16x16, | |
7021 p16x8, p8x16, p8x8, p8x4, p4x8, p4x4, pskip) | |
7022 The idea is to find the type and size that best describe a certain area | |
7023 of the picture, i.e.\& very effective for Anime, which usually contains | |
7024 large areas of the same color (default: i16x16, i4x4, p16x16-8x8). | |
7025 Depending on the source material, it can improve or degrade quality, use | |
7026 it with care. | |
7027 . | |
7028 .TP | |
7029 .B subq=<0\-5> | |
7030 Adjust subpel refinement quality. | |
7031 This parameter controls quality versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion | |
7032 estimation decision process. | |
7033 It can improve quality significantly. | |
7034 .RSs | |
7035 0: halfpel only | |
7036 .br | |
7037 1: 1 iteration of qpel on the winning candidate (default) | |
7038 .br | |
7039 2: 2 iterations of qpel on the winning candidate | |
7040 .br | |
7041 3: halfpel on all MB types, qpel on the winner | |
7042 .br | |
7043 4: qpel on all | |
7044 .br | |
7045 5: more iterations of qpel | |
7046 .REss | |
7047 . | |
7048 .TP | |
7049 .B log=<-1\-3> | |
7050 Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen. | |
7051 .RSs | |
7052 -1: none | |
7053 .br | |
7054 0: Print errors only. | |
7055 .br | |
7056 1: warnings | |
7057 .br | |
7058 2: PSNR, encoding times, and other analysis stats when the encode finishes | |
7059 (default) | |
7060 .br | |
7061 3: PSNR, QP, frametype, size, and other stats for every frame | |
7062 .REss | |
7063 . | |
7064 .TP | |
7065 .B psnr | nopsnr | |
7066 Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics. | |
7067 .br | |
7068 .I NOTE: | |
7069 The 'Y', 'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields in the summary are not | |
7070 mathematically sound (they are simply the average of per-frame PSNRs). | |
7071 They are kept only for comparison to the JM reference codec. | |
7072 For all other purposes, please use either the 'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame | |
7073 PSNRs printed by log=3. | |
7074 . | |
7075 . | |
7076 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7077 .\" Files | |
7078 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7079 . | |
7080 .SH FILES | |
7081 . | |
7082 .TP | |
7083 /usr/\:local/\:etc/\:mplayer/\:mplayer.conf | |
7084 system-wide settings | |
7085 . | |
7086 .TP | |
7087 ~/.mplayer/\:config | |
7088 user settings | |
7089 . | |
7090 .TP | |
7091 ~/.mplayer/\:input.conf | |
7092 input bindings (see '\-input keylist' for the full list) | |
7093 . | |
7094 .TP | |
7095 ~/.mplayer/\:gui.conf | |
7096 GUI configuration file | |
7097 . | |
7098 .TP | |
7099 ~/.mplayer/\:gui.pl | |
7100 GUI playlist | |
7101 . | |
7102 .TP | |
7103 ~/.mplayer/\:font/ | |
7104 font directory (There must be a font.desc file and files with .RAW extension.) | |
7105 . | |
7106 .TP | |
7107 ~/.mplayer/\:DVDkeys/ | |
7108 cached CSS keys | |
7109 . | |
7110 .TP | |
7111 Assuming that /path/\:to/\:movie.avi is played, MPlayer searches for sub files | |
7112 in this order: | |
7113 .RS | |
7114 /path/\:to/\:movie.sub | |
7115 .br | |
7116 ~/.mplayer/\:sub/\:movie.sub | |
7117 .br | |
7118 ~/.mplayer/\:default.sub | |
7119 .RE | |
7120 .PD 1 | |
7121 . | |
7122 . | |
7123 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7124 .\" Examples | |
7125 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7126 . | |
7127 .SH EXAMPLES | |
7128 . | |
7129 .TP | |
7130 .B Quickstart DVD playing: | |
7131 mplayer dvd://1 | |
7132 . | |
7133 .TP | |
7134 .B Play in Japanese with English subtitles: | |
7135 mplayer dvd://1 \-alang ja \-slang en | |
7136 . | |
7137 .TP | |
7138 .B Play only chapters 5, 6, 7: | |
7139 mplayer dvd://1 \-chapter 5-7 | |
7140 . | |
7141 .TP | |
7142 .B Play only titles 5, 6, 7: | |
7143 mplayer dvd://5-7 | |
7144 . | |
7145 .TP | |
7146 .B Play a multiangle DVD: | |
7147 mplayer dvd://1 \-dvdangle 2 | |
7148 . | |
7149 .TP | |
7150 .B Play from a different DVD device: | |
7151 mplayer dvd://1 \-dvd-device /dev/\:dvd2 | |
7152 . | |
7153 .TP | |
7154 .B Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files: | |
7155 mplayer dvd://1 \-dvd-device /path/\:to/\:directory/ | |
7156 . | |
7157 .TP | |
7158 .B Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file "title1.vob": | |
7159 mplayer dvd://1 \-dumpstream \-dumpfile title1.vob | |
7160 . | |
7161 .TP | |
7162 .B Stream from HTTP: | |
7163 mplayer http://mplayer.hq/\:example.avi | |
7164 . | |
7165 .TP | |
7166 .B Stream using RTSP: | |
7167 mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/\:streamName | |
7168 . | |
7169 .TP | |
7170 .B Convert subtitles to MPsub format: | |
7171 mplayer dummy.avi \-sub source.sub \-dumpmpsub | |
7172 . | |
7173 .TP | |
7174 .B Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie: | |
7175 mplayer /dev/\:zero \-rawvideo on:pal:fps=xx \-vc null \-vo null \-noframedrop | |
7176 \-benchmark \-sub source.sub \-dumpmpsub | |
7177 . | |
7178 .TP | |
7179 .B input from standard V4L: | |
7180 mplayer tv:// \-tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 \-vc rawi420 | |
7181 \-vo xv | |
7182 . | |
7183 .TP | |
7184 .B Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated): | |
7185 mplayer \-vo zr \-vf scale=352:288 file.avi | |
7186 . | |
7187 .TP | |
7188 .B Playback on Zoran cards (new style): | |
7189 mplayer \-vo zr2 \-vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi | |
7190 . | |
7191 .TP | |
7192 .B Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters: | |
7193 mencoder dvd://2 \-chapter 10-15 \-o title2.avi \-oac copy \-ovc lavc \-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4 | |
7194 . | |
7195 .TP | |
7196 .B Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480: | |
7197 mencoder dvd://2 \-vf scale=640:480 \-o title2.avi \-oac copy \-ovc lavc \-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4 | |
7198 . | |
7199 .TP | |
7200 .B Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio): | |
7201 mencoder dvd://2 \-vf scale \-zoom \-xy 512 \-o title2.avi \-oac copy | |
7202 \-ovc lavc \-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4 | |
7203 . | |
7204 .TP | |
7205 .B The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kBit and optimized macroblocks: | |
7206 mencoder dvd://2 \-o title2.avi \-oac copy \-ovc lavc | |
7207 \-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800 | |
7208 . | |
7209 .TP | |
7210 .B The same, but with MJPEG compression: | |
7211 mencoder dvd://2 \-o titel2.avi \-ovc lavc | |
7212 \-lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800 \-oac copy | |
7213 . | |
7214 .TP | |
7215 .B Encode all *.jpg files in the current dir: | |
7216 mencoder "mf://*.jpg" \-mf fps=25 \-o output.avi \-ovc lavc \-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4 | |
7217 . | |
7218 .TP | |
7219 .B Encode from a tuner (specify a format with \-vf format): | |
7220 mencoder \-tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// \-o tv.avi \-ovc raw | |
7221 . | |
7222 .TP | |
7223 .B Encode from a pipe: | |
7224 rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder \-ovc lavc \-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 \-ofps 24 \- | |
7225 . | |
7226 . | |
7227 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7228 .\" Bugs, authors, standard disclaimer | |
7229 .\" -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7230 . | |
7231 .SH BUGS | |
7232 If you find one, report it to us, but please make sure you have read all | |
7233 of the documentation first. | |
7234 Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or parameter usage. | |
7235 The bug reporting section of the documentation (DOCS/\:HTML/\:en/\:bugreports.html) | |
7236 explains how to create useful bug reports. | |
7237 . | |
7238 . | |
7239 . | |
7240 .SH AUTHORS | |
7241 MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereöffy. | |
7242 See the AUTHORS file for a list of some of the many other contributors. | |
7243 .PP | |
7244 MPlayer is (C) 2000\-2004 The MPlayer Team | |
7245 .PP | |
7246 This man page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego Biurrun. | |
7247 It is maintained by Diego Biurrun. | |
7248 Please send mails about it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list. | |
7249 .\" end of file |